You are on page 1of 430

52B-1

GROUP 52B

SUPPLEMENTAL
RESTRAINT
SYSTEM (SRS)
CONTENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . .
SERVICE PRECAUTIONS. . . . . . . . .

52B-3

<Occupant classification-ECU> . . . . . . . . . . 52B-292

52B-24

DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE PROCEDURES


<OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION-ECU> . . . 52B-294
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART . . . . . . . . . . 52B-344

52B-27

SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-345

INTRODUCTION TO DIAGNOSIS . . . . . . .

52B-27

DATA LIST REFERENCE TABLE . . . . . . . . 52B-354

TROUBLESHOOTING STRATEGY . . . . . .

52B-27

ACTUATOR TEST REFERENCE TABLE . . 52B-355

DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . .

52B-27

SRS WARNING LIGHT CHECK . . . . . . . . .

52B-30

FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION REFERENCE


TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-355

SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS . . . . . . . .

PASSENGER'S SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT


CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
52B-30
PASSENGER'S AIR BAG OFF INDICATOR LIGHT
CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
52B-30
CHECK CHART FOR DIAGNOSIS CODES

52B-32

DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE


PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

52B-38

DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART

ACCURACY CHECK OF OCCUPANT


CLASSIFICATION SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-355

SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-356


TEST EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-357
Continued on next page

WARNING

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS
AFTER HANDLING.

WARNING
Carefully read and observe the information in the SRS SERVICE PRECAUTIONS prior to any service.
For information concerning diagnosis or maintenance, always observe the procedures in the SRS Diagnosis or
the SRS Maintenance sections, respectively.
If any SRS components are removed or replaced in connection with any service procedures, be sure to follow the
procedures in the INDIVIDUAL COMPONENT SERVICE section for the comportments involved.
If you have any questions about the SRS, please contact the MMNA Tech Line.

52B-2
POST-COLLISION DIAGNOSIS . . . . 52B-358

INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-393

INDIVIDUAL COMPONENT SERVICE52B-364

CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE(S). . . . 52B-394


REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 52B-394

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE. . . . . . . . . . . 52B-364

INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-397

ACCURACY CHECK OF OCCUPANT


CLASSIFICATION SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-364

SIDE IMPACT SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-398

FRONT IMPACT SENSORS . . . . . . . 52B-367

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 52B-398


INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-400

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 52B-367


INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-370

SEAT BELTS WITH


PRE-TENSIONER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-401

SRS CONTROL UNIT (SRS-ECU). . . 52B-371

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 52B-401

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 52B-371

INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-405

INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-374

SEAT SLIDE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-405


DRIVER'S AIR BAG MODULE AND CLOCK
SPRING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-375

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 52B-405


INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-407

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 52B-375


INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-380

PASSENGER'S (FRONT) AIR BAG


MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-382
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 52B-382
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-385

KNEE AIR BAG MODULE . . . . . . . . . 52B-386

OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION-ECU 52B-408


REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 52B-408
INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-410

PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT


SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-410
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 52B-410
INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-412

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 52B-386


INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-389

AIR BAG MODULE DISPOSAL


PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-412

SIDE-AIRBAG MODULE(S). . . . . . . . 52B-390


REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 52B-390

SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER DISPOSAL


PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-427

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


GENERAL INFORMATION

GENERAL INFORMATION
DANGER

The SRS-ECU adopts the rollover specification that the curtain airbag and seat belt
pre-tensioner operate at the occurrence of
rollover. Therefore, do not tilt the vehicle to
the right and left with the IG ON or tilt the
SRS-ECU to the right and left with the IG ON
and the harness installed.
.

WARNING

Improper service could result in serious


injury of the service personnel or the passenger.
.

The SRS is designed to supplement the front seat


belts. It reduces injury to the driver(s) and the front
passenger(s) by deploying air bag(s) in case of a
frontal collision. In addition, the side-airbag and curtain air bag inflate upon a side collision to reduce the
risk of passenger injuries.
The SRS front air bags from an advanced air bag
system together with sensors at the vehicle and sensors attached to front seats.
.

Side-airbag systems in the front seats are activated


when side impacts exceed a criteria to protect the
occupants upper bodies.
.

The curtain airbag system operates together with the


side-airbag to protect the heads of passengers in the
front and second seats.
.

The seat belts with pre-tensioner work simultaneously with the SRS. The seat belt incorporating the
pre-tensioner automatically winds the seat belt upon
front impact to reduce forward shifting of the drivers
and passengers. The seat belt use status is used to
control the activation and deactivation of the pre-tensioner.
.

TSB Revision

52B-3
M1524000102491

The SRS consists of air bag modules, SRS air bag


control unit (SRS-ECU), front impact sensors, side
impact sensors, SRS warning light, passengers air
bag OFF indicator light, passengers seat belt warning light, clock spring, seat belt pre-tensioner, seat
belt switch, seat slide sensor, weight sensor and
occupant classification-ECU. Air bag modules are
located in the center of the steering wheel and above
the glove box. Knee air bag is installed under the column cover. Side-airbags are located inside the front
seatback assemblies. The curtain air bag module
consists of an air bag, an inflator, and the fixing gear
relating to those parts, and is installed in the roof side
sections (from the driver's and the passenger's front
pillars to the rear pillars). Each air bag consists of a
folded air bag and an inflator unit. The SRS-ECU
placed on the forefront of the floor monitors the system and has a front air bag safing G-sensor, front air
bag analog G-sensor and a side-airbag safing
G-sensor. The front impact sensor is assembled in
the front end upper bar to monitor impact in case of
front impact. The side impact sensors inside the center pillars and the rear quarter panel monitor the
shock incurred by the sides of the vehicle. The SRS
warning light on the combination meter indicates the
operational status of the SRS. The clock spring is
installed in the steering column. The seat belt
pre-tensioner is built into the driver's and passenger's front seat belt retractor. The seat slide sensor is
installed at the seat adjuster section of the driver
seat in order to detect the driver seat slide position.
The weight sensor is installed underneath a rail of
the passenger seat to detect the load on the seat.
The passengers air bag OFF indicator light is
installed to the lower left of the center panel, and illuminates when the passenger seat airbag is inactive.
The passengers seat belt warning light is installed to
the lower right of the center panel, and illuminates
when the passenger is not wearing the seat belt. The
seat belt switch detects whether the seat belt is
used.
Only authorized service personnel should do work on
or around the SRS components. Those service personnel should read this manual carefully before starting any such work.

52B-4

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


GENERAL INFORMATION

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC/SRS WARNING LIGHT


FUNCTION
<Meter>

SRS warning light

AC905530 AB

The SRS-ECU monitors the SRS system and stores data concerning any detected faults in the system. When the ignition
switch is in "ON" position, the SRS warning light, passengers
air bag OFF indicator light and passengers seat belt warning
light should illuminate for about seven seconds and then turn
"OFF." That indicates that the SRS system is in operational
order. If the SRS warning light does any of the following, the
immediate inspection by an authorized dealer is needed:
1. The SRS warning light does not illuminate as described
above.
2. The SRS warning light stays on for more than seven
seconds.
3. The SRS warning light illuminates while driving.
If a vehicle's SRS warning light is in any of these three conditions, the SRS system must be inspected, diagnosed and serviced in accordance with this manual.

TSB Revision

52B-5

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


GENERAL INFORMATION

CONSTRUCTION DIAGRAM
SRS warning lamp

Passenger's (front)
air bag module
Driver's air bag module
Clock spring

Passenger's seat belt warning light


Data link connector

Passenger's air bag OFF indicator light

Knee air bag module


SRS-ECU

Curtain air bag module


Side-airbag module
Inner seat belt
(seat belt buckle switch)

Seat belt
pre-tensioner

Weight
sensor
ACA03210

Side impact
sensor (rear)
Side impact
sensor (front)
Front impact sensor

Seat slide sensor


Seat belt
pre-tensioner

Occupant classification-ECU
ACA03533 AB

NOTE: This construction diagram shows the general


view of the SRS components. For details, refer to
"Schematic (P.52B-9), "Configuration Diagrams
(P.52B-12), " and "Circuit Diagram (P.52B-13)".

TSB Revision

52B-6

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


GENERAL INFORMATION

WARNING/CAUTION LABELS
A number of caution labels related to the SRS are found in the vehicle, as shown in the following illustrations.
Follow label instructions when servicing SRS. The label I is not to be removed except by owner. If the other
labels are dirty or damaged, replace them.
Passenger's (front)
air bag module

Driver's air bag module

SRS-ECU

ACA03013

AC904497

AC904461

Sunvisor

Knee air bag module


E

E
D

AC904540

Seat belt pre-tensioner


(right and left)

Curtain air bag module


(right and left)

Side-airbag module
(right and left)

G
H

AC904335

AC904861

Center pillar (right and left)

Glove box

I
J
ACA03208

ACA03014
ACA03025 AB

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


GENERAL INFORMATION

52B-7

Label contents
A, B, D

DANGER
FLAMMABLE EXPLOSIVE
DO NOT:
DISASSEMBLE; HEAT; INCINERATE; APPLY ELECTRICITY;
OR STORE AT HIGH TEMPERATURE (93C or HIGHER).
REFER TO WORKSHOP MANUAL FOR DETAILS.

CAUTION:
DO NOT DISASSEMBLE OR DROP. IF DEFECTIVE, REFER TO SERVICE MANUAL.

E<EXCEPT
WARNING
VEHICLES FOR EVEN WITH ADVANCED AIR BAGS
CANADA>
Children can be killed or seriously injured by the air bag
The back seat is the safest place for children
Never put a rear-facing child seat in the front
Always use seat belts and child restraints
See owners manual for more information about air bags
AC306673

E <VEHICLES
FOR
CANADA>

WARNING
DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY can occur
Children 12 and under can be killed by the air bag.
The BACK SEAT is the SAFEST place for children.
NEVER put a rear-facing child seat in the front.
Sit as far back as possible from the air bag.
ALWAYS use SEAT BELTS and CHILD RESTRAINTS.

DANGER; BELT PRETENSIONER


DO NOT DISSEMBLE OR IMPACT.
REFER TO SERVICE MANUAL FOR INSTRUCTION, HANDLING, STORAGE AND
DISPOSAL PROCEDURES.

WARNING
SRS AIR BAG MODULE FLAMMABLE/EXPLOSIVE
TO AVOID SERIOUS INJURY:
DO NOT REPAIR, DISASSEMBLE OR TAMPER.
AVOID CONTACT WITH FLAME OR ELECTRICITY.
DO NO DIAGNOSIS/USE NO TEST EQPT OR PROBES.
STORE BELOW 200F (93C).
BEFORE DOING ANY WORK INVOLVING MODULE. READ SERVICE MANUAL
FOR IMPORTANT FURTHER DATA.

DANGER
FLAMMABLE EXPLOSIVE
SRS AIR BAG MODULE
Do not disassemble or shock
Do not heat or incinerate.
Do not contact with electricity or tester probes.
Do not test or diagnose.
Do not store in more than 200 F (93 C).
Store the air bag cover is top.
For information on handling, replacement, and disposal methods, refer to the service
manual.

TSB Revision

52B-8

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


GENERAL INFORMATION

Label contents
I

SRS SIDE AIRBAG


WARNING
TO AVOID SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH:
Do not lean against the door.
Do not use seat covers.
See owners manual for more information

J <EXCEPT
This Vehicle is Equipped with Advanced Air Bags
VEHICLES FOR Even with Advanced Air Bags
CANADA>
Children can be killed or seriously injured by the air bag.
The back seat is the safest place for children.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in the front.
Always use seat belts and child restraints.
See owners manual for more information about air bags.
Not to be removed except by owner.
J <VEHICLES
WARNING
FOR CANADA> MISE EN GARDE
Children Can Be KILLED or INJURED by Passenger Air Bag
The back seat is the safest place for children 12 and under.
Make sure all children use seat belts or child seats.
Not to be removed except by owner.

TSB Revision

52B-9

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


GENERAL INFORMATION

SCHEMATIC
Ignition switch (IG1)

Fusible link

SRS-ECU

IG1
RELAY
OFF
ON
7.5A

Front impact sensor (LH)


Passenger's air bag
OFF indicator light

ETACS-ECU
7.5A

Front impact sensor (RH)


OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON

ON
OFF

ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF

Passenger's (front)
air bag module

Driver's
knee air bag module

Seat belt pre-tensioner


(LH)

Seat belt pre-tensioner


(RH)

Side-airbag module
(LH)

Side-airbag module
(RH)

Curtain air bag module


(LH)

Curtain air bag module


(RH)

CLOCK SPRING

Driver's air bag module

OFF

OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

ON

Data link connector


(for scan tool)

CAN bus line

Combination meter

Side impact
sensor (Front: LH)

Side impact
sensor (Front: RH)

Side impact
sensor (Rear: LH)

Side impact
sensor (Rear: RH)

Seat belt switch


(Driverr's side)

Seat belt switch


(Passenger's side)

Note
* : Connector lock switch
Connector connected: ON
Connector disconnected: OFF

ON

ACA03532 AB

TSB Revision

52B-10

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


GENERAL INFORMATION

SRS AIR BAG SPECIAL CONNECTOR


.

A
A

Side-airbag module (RH)


Curtain air bag module (RH)

A
A

Seat belt pre-tensioner (RH)

Passenger's (front) air bag module


SRS-ECU

Clock spring
Driver's air bag module
A
Driver's knee air bag module
A
Seat belt pre-tensioner (LH)
A

Curtain air bag module (LH)


A

Side-airbag module (LH)


ACA03536 AB

To enhance the system reliability, a connector short circuiting


mechanism is integrated in the SRS-ECU connector, air bag
module connectors, clock spring connector, pre-tensioner connectors, and intermediate connector between curtain air bag
module and SRS-ECU (black connector "A" shown in the figure).
.

TSB Revision

52B-11

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


GENERAL INFORMATION

SQUIB CIRCUIT CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH


SRS-ECU connector

Wiring harness-side connector

Connector connected

Wiring harness-side connector


(terminal to short-circuit)
Terminal to short-circuit

Short spring
Partition panel

This mechanism prevents the improper deployment


of air bag module because of the current application
to the squib due to the static electricity when connectors between SRS-ECU and air bag modules
(squibs) are disconnected. When the connector is
disconnected, the short spring short circuits the
power supply side terminal and ground side terminal
of squibs, and prevents the static electricity from
generating the potential difference. This connector
mechanism is adopted for the following connectors.

TSB Revision

Partition panel
(SRS-ECU-side
connector)l

Short spring
(wiring harness-side
connector)
AC904997AC

SRS-ECU connector
Connector between the clock spring and
body-side wiring harness
Each air bag module connector
Each pre-tensioner connector
Intermediate connector between curtain air bag
module and SRS-ECU

52B-12

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


GENERAL INFORMATION

CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS
C-205

INSTRUMENT PANEL

C-114

C-203

C-227

C-126
C-223

C-125

C-124

STEERING COLUMN
C-316

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

A-58

A-45

C-313
D-09
FLOOR

D-17

D-42

D-03
D-01

D-48

D-43

D-40
D-39
D-28

D-32
D-33

D-46

D-29
ACA03517 AB

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


GENERAL INFORMATION
SEAT

D-48-5

D-48-3
D-48-2

D-48-6
D-48-4

A-45 (Y)

A-58 (Y)
C-114 (Y)
C-124 (Y)
C-125 (Y)
C-126 (Y)
C-203
C-205 (GR)
C-223 (B)
C-227 (B)

D-48-1

ACA03524 AB

Front impact sensor (LH)


Front impact sensor (RH)
Passengers (Front) air bag module
SRS-ECU
SRS-ECU
SRS-ECU
Combination meter
Center panel unit
Drivers knee air bag module
Date link connector

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
WARNING
Do not repair, splice, or modify the SRS

wiring (except for specific repairs to the


instrument panel wiring harness and the
floor wiring harness shown on P.52B-24):
replace the wiring if necessary, after reading and following all precautions and procedures in this manual.
Do not use an analog ohmmeter to check
the SRS wiring or components; use only
the special tools (refer to P.52B-356) and
a digital multi-meter (refer to P.52B-357).
CAUTION
Improper services cause the system to be inoperative. Do not disassemble or tamper with the
SRS components to prevent the serious injury.

TSB Revision

C-313 (Y)
C-316 (B)
D-01 (Y)
D-03 (B)
D-09 (B)
D-17 (B)
D-28 (B)
D-29 (Y)
D-32 (Y)
D-33 (B)
D-39 (Y)
D-40 (B)
D-42 (Y)
D-43 (Y)
D-46 (GR)
D-48
D-48-1
D-48-2
D-48-3
D-48-4
D-48-5
D-48-6

52B-13

Clock spring
Drivers air bag module
Side impact sensor (Front: RH)
Seat belt pre-tensioner (RH)
Curtain air bag module (RH)
Curtain air bag module (LH)
Seat belt pre-tensioner (LH)
Side impact sensor (Front: LH)
Side-airbag module (LH)
Seat belt switch (Drivers side)
Side-airbag module (RH)
Seat belt switch (Passengers side)
Side impact sensor (Rear: RH)
Side impact sensor (Rear: LH)
Seat slide sensor
Front seat assembly (RH)
Occupant classification-ECU
Occupant classification-ECU
Weight sensor (Front:LH)
Weight sensor (Front:RH)
Weight sensor (Rear:LH)
Weight sensor (Rear:RH)

52B-14

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


GENERAL INFORMATION

FRONT IMPACT
SENSOR (RH)

FRONT IMPACT
SENSOR (LH)

SRS-ECU

CLOCK SPRING

NOTE
: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

DRIVER'S AIR BAG


MODULE (SQUIB)

DRIVER'S AIR BAG


MODULE (SQUIB)

ACA03462 AB

TSB Revision

52B-15

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


GENERAL INFORMATION

PASSENGER'S (FRONT)
AIR BAG MODULE
(SQUIB)

NOTE
: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

SRS-ECU

DRIVER'S KNEE AIR BAG


MODULE (SQUIB)

SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER (LH)

SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER (RH)

ACA03463 AB

TSB Revision

52B-16

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


GENERAL INFORMATION

SIDE IMPACT SENSOR


(REAR: LH)

SIDE IMPACT SENSOR


(LH)

SRS-ECU

NOTE
: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

SIDE-AIRBAG
MODULE
(SQUIB) (LH)

CURTAIN AIR BAG


MODULE
(SQUIB) (LH)

ACA03464 AB

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


GENERAL INFORMATION

52B-17

ETACS-ECU (FUSE 12 )
SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR
(REAR: RH)

SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (RH)

CENTER
PANEL UNIT

INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
AIR BAG OFF
INDICATOR
LIGHT
PASSENGER'S
SIDE

SRS-ECU

NOTE
: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

SIDE-AIRBAG MODULE
(SQUIB) (RH)

CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE


(SQUIB) (RH)
ACA03465 AB

TSB Revision

52B-18

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


GENERAL INFORMATION

IGNITION SWITCH (IG1)


OR OSS-ECU (IG1)

FUSIBLE
LINK 34

ETACSECU
IG1
RELAY

JOINT
CONNECTOR
(2)

SRS-ECU

ACA03466 AB

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


GENERAL INFORMATION

CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT

CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT

INTERFACE
CIRCUIT

INTERFACE
CIRCUIT

52B-19

JOINTCONNECTOR
(CAN1)

ETACS-ECU
(FUSE 12 )
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR
FRONT SIDE

CAN
TRANSCEIVER
CIRCUIT
GROUNDING
CONNECTOR
CPU

LCD (SRS)
RHEOSTAT
COMBINATION METER

ACA03467AB

TSB Revision

52B-20

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


GENERAL INFORMATION

<VEHICLES WITH FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY (RH)>


ETACS-ECU
(FUSE 17 )

JOINT CONNECTOR
(CAN1)

OCCUPANT
CLASSIFICATIONECU

FRONT SEAT
ASSEMBLY (RH)

SEAT SLIDE
SENSOR
HALL IC

ACA03468 AB

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


GENERAL INFORMATION

52B-21

WEIGHT
SENSOR
(FRONT: LH)

WEIGHT
SENSOR
(FRONT: RH)

WEIGHT
SENSOR
(REAR: LH)

WEIGHT
SENSOR
(REAR: RH)

OCCUPANT
CLASSIFICATION-ECU

ACA03469 AB

TSB Revision

52B-22

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


GENERAL INFORMATION

SEAT BELT
SWITCH
DRIVER'S
SIDE
HALL IC

SEAT BELT
SWITCH
PASSENGER'S
SIDE
HALL IC

SRS-ECU

ACA03470 AB

TSB Revision

52B-23

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


GENERAL INFORMATION

COMPONENT LOCATION
Driver's air bag module

Data link
connector

Clock spring

Passenger's (front)
air bag module

ETACS-ECU
AC905341

SRS-ECU

Weight
sensor
Seat slide sensor

G and yaw
rate sensor
AC904903

Occupant classification-ECU
Curtain air bag module

Front impact sensor

F
Side impact sensor (Rear)
Rear seat belt

Head light assembly (LH)

Side impact sensor (Front)

ACA03106

Front seat belt (LH)

ACA03556 AB

NOTE: The illustration above shows the front impact


sensor (RH) and the side impact sensor (RH). The

TSB Revision

position of the front impact sensor (LH) and the side


impact sensor (LH) is symmetrical to this.

52B-24

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SERVICE PRECAUTIONS

SERVICE PRECAUTIONS

M1524000301975

DANGER

In order to avoid injury to yourself or others from

Insulating tape
Battery

Battery cable
AC300580AB

accidental deployment of the air bag during servicing, read and carefully follow all the precautions
and procedures described in this manual.
After disconnecting the battery cable, wait 60 seconds or more before proceeding with the following
work. The SRS system is designed to retain
enough voltage to deploy the air bag for a short
time even after the battery has been disconnected,
so serious injury may result from unintended air
bag deployment if work is done on the SRS system
immediately after the battery cables are disconnected.
The SRS-ECU adopts the rollover specification
that the curtain airbag and seat belt pre-tensioner
operate at the occurrence of rollover. Therefore, do
not tilt the vehicle to the right and left with the IG
ON or tilt the SRS-ECU to the right and left with the
IG ON and the harness installed.
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories

contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS


AFTER HANDLING.
Certain components of this vehicle, such as air
bag modules and seat belt pre-tensioners, may
contain perchlorate materials. Special handling
may apply. For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
Do not use any electrical test equipment on or near
the SRS components, except those specified on
P.52B-357.
Never Attempt to Repair the Following Components: SRS-ECU, Clock Spring, Air Bag Module,
Front impact sensor, Side Impact Sensor, Seat Belt
with Pre-tensioner, Seat slide sensor, Front seat
assembly. If any of these components are diagnosed as faulty, they should only be replaced, in
accordance with the INDIVIDUAL COMPONENT
SERVICE procedures in this manual, starting on
P.52B-364.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SERVICE PRECAUTIONS

52B-25

Do not attempt to repair the wiring harness con-

nectors of the SRS. If any of the connectors are


diagnosed as faulty, replace the wiring harness. If
the wires are diagnosed as faulty, replace or repair
the wiring harness according to the following
table.

SRS-ECU connector

AC905461AE

SRS-ECU terminal No. Destination of harness

Corrective action

1, 2

Instrument panel wiring harness


Knee air bag module

Correct or replace the instrument panel


wiring harness

3, 4

Instrument panel wiring harness


Clock spring Driver's air bag
module 2nd squib side

Correct or replace the instrument panel


wiring harness. Replace the clock spring.

5, 6

Instrument panel wiring harness


Clock spring Driver's air bag
module 1st squib side

7, 8

Instrument panel wiring harness


Passenger's (front) air bag module
1st squib side

9, 10

Instrument panel wiring harness


Passenger's (front) air bag module
2nd squib side

13

Instrument panel wiring harness


Air bag OFF indicator light

17, 27

Instrument panel wiring harness Correct or replace each wiring harness.


Front wiring harness Front impact
sensor (LH)

18, 28

Instrument panel wiring harness


Front wiring harness Front impact
sensor (RH)

21

Floor wiring harness ETACS-ECU Correct or replace the floor wiring harness.
(fuse No. 18)

22

Floor wiring harness ETACS-ECU


(fuse No. 12)

24

Instrument panel wiring harness


Ground

29, 30

Instrument panel wiring harness


CAN bus line

TSB Revision

Correct or replace the instrument panel


wiring harness.

Correct or replace the instrument panel


wiring harness.

52B-26

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SERVICE PRECAUTIONS

SRS-ECU terminal No. Destination of harness


31, 32

Floor wiring harness Front


passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner

33, 38

Floor wiring harness Passengers


seat belt switch

36, 37

Floor wiring harness Curtain air


bag module (LH)

39, 40

Floor wiring harness Side-airbag


module (LH)

41, 42

Floor wiring harness Side impact


sensor (LH)

44, 45

Floor wiring harness Side impact


sensor (Rear: LH)

53, 58

Floor wiring harness Drivers seat


belt switch

54, 55

Floor wiring harness Driver's seat


belt pre-tensioner

56, 57

Floor wiring harness Side-airbag


module (RH)

59, 60

Floor wiring harness Curtain air


bag module (RH)

61, 62

Floor wiring harness Side impact


sensor (Rear: RH)

64, 65

Floor wiring harness Side impact


sensor (RH)

Corrective action
Correct or replace the floor wiring harness.

WARNING
The SRS components and seat belt with pre-ten-

sioner should not be subjected to heat, so remove


the SRS-ECU, drivers and front passengers air
bag modules, clock spring, knee air bag module,
side-airbag modules, Curtain air bag modules,
front and side impact sensor and seat belt pre-tensioner before drying or baking the vehicle after
painting.
SRS-ECU, air bag module, clock spring, impact
sensor: 93 C (200 F) or more
Seat belt with pre-tensioner 90C (194 F) or
more
After servicing the SRS system, check the warning
light operation to make sure that the system functions properly. (Refer to P.52B-3).
Make certain that the ignition switch is in the
"LOCK"(OFF) position when the scan tool is connected or disconnected.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-27

SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS


INTRODUCTION TO DIAGNOSIS
The SRS system is controlled by the SRS-ECU. The
SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by detecting signals from the left and right front impact sensors and side impact sensors, front air bag analog
G-sensor and front air bag safing G-sensor and
side-airbag safing G-sensor. If the impact is over a
predetermined level, the SRS-ECU sends an ignition
signal. At this time, if the safing G-sensor is on, the
SRS air bag will inflate. (The passenger's air bag
may not inflate according to the occupant detection
data from the occupant classification-ECU.) The

TROUBLESHOOTING STRATEGY
Use these steps to plan your diagnostic strategy. If
you follow them carefully, you will be sure that you
have exhausted all of the possible ways to find a
SRS fault.
1. Gather information about the problem from the
customer.
2. Verify that the condition described by the
customer exists.
3. Check the vehicle for any SRS diagnostic trouble
codes (SRS DTC).
4. If you cannot verify the condition but there are no
SRS DTCs, the malfunction is intermittent. Refer
to GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting
Inspection Service Points How to Cope with
Intermittent Malfunctions P.00-15.

DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION

M1524005000534

SRS warning light in the combination meter alerts a


malfunction of the SRS system. If the following
symptoms occur even when the vehicle has not been
in a collision, there may be a malfunction in the SRS
system.
The SRS warning light does not go off within
approximately seven seconds after the ignition
switch has been turned to the "ON" position.
The SRS warning light does not illuminate when
the ignition switch is turned to the "ON" position.
Refer to Post-collision Diagnosis when inspecting
and servicing a vehicle that has been in a collision
(Refer to P.52B-358).

M1524003100933

5. If there is a SRS DTC, record the code number,


then erase the code from vehicle memory using
scan tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly) MB991958.
6. Recreate the SRS DTC set conditions to see if the
same SRS DTC will be set again.
If the same SRS DTC is set again, follow the
Inspection Chart for the DTC and find the fault.
If you cannot get the same SRS DTC to be set
again, the malfunction is intermittent. Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting
Inspection Service Points How to Cope with
Intermittent Malfunctions P.00-15.

M1524013800223

HOW TO CONNECT THE SCAN TOOL (M.U.T.-III)


Required Special Tools:
MB991958: Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
MB991824:Vehicle Communication Interface(V.C.I.)
MB991827:M.U.T.-III USB Cable
MB991910:M.U.T.-III Main Harness A

TSB Revision

52B-28

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Data link connector

MB991910
MB991824

MB991827

ACA00016 AB

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
1. Ensure that the ignition switch is at the "LOCK" (OFF)
position.
2. Start up the personal computer.
3. Connect special tool MB991827 to special tool MB991824
and the personal computer.
4. Connect special tool MB991910 to special tool MB991824.
5. Connect special tool MB991910 to the data link connector.
6. Turn the power switch of special tool MB991824 to the "ON"
position.
NOTE: When special tool MB991824 is energized, special
tool MB991824 indicator light will be illuminated in a green
color.
7. Start the M.U.T.-III system on the personal computer.
NOTE: Disconnecting scan tool MB991958 is the reverse of the
connecting sequence, making sure that the ignition switch is at
the "LOCK" (OFF) position.

HOW TO READ AND ERASE DIAGNOSTIC


TROUBLE CODES
Required Special Tools:
MB991958: Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
MB991824:Vehicle Communication Interface(V.C.I.)
MB991827:M.U.T.-III USB Cable
MB991910:M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
NOTE: If the battery voltage is low, diagnostic trouble codes will
not be set. Check the battery if scan tool MB991958 does not
display.
1. Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
3. Select "System select" from the start-up screen.
4. Select "From 2006 MY" of "Model Year." When the "Vehicle
Information" is displayed, check the contents.
5. Select "SRS-AIR BAG" from "System List," and press the
"OK" button.
NOTE: When the "Loading Option Setup" list is displayed,
check the applicable item.
6. Select "Diagnostic Trouble Code" to read the DTC.
7. If a DTC is set, it is shown.
8. Choose "Erase DTCs" to erase the DTC.

HOW TO DIAGNOSE THE CAN BUS LINES


Required Special Tools:
MB991958: Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
MB991824: Vehicles Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
MB991827: M.U.T.-III USB Cable

TSB Revision

52B-29

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

MB991910: M.U.T.-III Main Harness A (Vehicles with


CAN communication system)
1. Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
3. Select "CAN bus diagnosis" from the start-up screen.
4. When the vehicle information is displayed, confirm that it
matches the vehicle being diagnosed.
If they match, go to Step 8.
If not, go to Step 5.
5. Select the "view vehicle information" button.
6. Enter the vehicle information and select the "OK" button.
7. When the vehicle information is displayed, confirm again
that it matches the vehicle being diagnosed.
If they match, go to Step 8.
If not, go to Step 5.
8. Select the "OK" button.
9. When the optional equipment screen is displayed, choose
the one which the vehicle is fitted with, and then select the
"OK" button.

CHECK OF FREEZE FRAME DATA


<OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION-ECU
ONLY>
The freeze frame data can be checked by using the
scan tool (GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

When detecting fault and storing the DTC, the ECU


connected to CAN bus line obtains the data before
the determination of the DTC and the data when the
DTC is determined, and then stores the ECU status
of that time. By analyzing each data from scan tool,
the troubleshooting can be performed more efficiently. The displayed items are as the table below.

DISPLAY ITEM LIST


Item No.

Item name

Data item

Unit

01

Odometer

Total driving distance after the diagnostic trouble


code is generated

mile*

02

Ignition cycle

Number of times the ignition switch is turned "ON" or Number of


"LOCK (OFF)" after the past failure transition
counts is
displayed.

04

Accumulated minute Cumulative time for current malfunction of


diagnostic trouble code

NOTE: *: If a failure occurs to both the ASC-ECU and


ETACS-ECU, 0000 mile or FFFF mile is displayed on
the scan tool MB991958.

TSB Revision

min

52B-30

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

SRS WARNING LIGHT CHECK


<Meter>

SRS warning light

M1524004301353

1. Check that the SRS warning light illuminates when the


ignition switch is in the "ON" position.
2. Check that it illuminates for approximately seven seconds
and then goes out.
3. If not, check for DTC.

AC905530 AB

PASSENGER'S SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT


CHECK

M1524026200157

Passenger's seat belt


warning light

When an adult on the front passenger's seat wears the seat


belt with the ignition switch "ON," confirm that the passenger's
seat belt warning light goes out.
The light comes on when a person sits on the front passenger
seat but does not fasten the seat belt.

ACA03521AB

PASSENGER'S AIR BAG OFF INDICATOR LIGHT


CHECK

M1524026300262

SYSTEM CHECK
Check that the passengers air bag OFF indicator light illuminates when the ignition switch is in the "ON" position.
Check that it illuminates for approximately seven seconds and
then goes out.
In the following situations, the indicator will stay on to show that
the passengers (front) air bag is not operational.
The occupant classification-ECU and weight sensor sense
66 pounds (30 kg) on the front passenger seat.
The front passengers seat is not occupied.

Passenger's air bag OFF


indicator light

AC905531AC

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-31

ILLUMINATION CHECK
Instrument panel
assembly center

Center panel
unit connector

1. Remove the instrument panel assembly center.


2. Connect the positive battery terminal with the center panel
unit connector terminal No. 12. Then, check if the
passengers air bag OFF indicator light is illuminated when
the negative battery terminal and the center panel unit
connector terminal No. 14 are connected.
3. If the passengers air bag OFF indicator light is illuminated, it
is judged good.

ACA00007AD

TSB Revision

52B-32

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

CHECK CHART FOR DIAGNOSIS CODES

M1524003302416

CAUTION
During diagnosis, a DTC code associated with another system may be set when the ignition switch is
turned on with connector(s) disconnected. After completing the repair, confirm all systems for DTC
code(s). If DTC code(s) are set, erase them all.
Inspect according to the inspection chart that is appropriate for the DTC.
Code No.

Diagnostic item

Reference page

*2

B1400

Driver's Air Bag Module (1st squib) System (Short Circuit


Between Squib Circuit Terminals)

P.52B-38

B1401*2

Driver's Air Bag Module (1st squib) System (Squib Circuit


Open)

P.52B-45

B1402*2

Driver's Air Bag Module (1st squib) System (Shorted to


Squib Circuit Ground)

P.52B-51

B1403*2

Driver's Air Bag Module (1st squib) System (Shorted to


Squib Circuit Power Supply)

P.52B-57

B1404*4

Driver's Air Bag Module (1st Squib Ignition Drive Circuit)


System Detected Short Circuit

P.52B-63

B1405*4

Driver's Air Bag Module (1st Squib Ignition Drive Circuit)


System Detected Open Circuit

P.52B-63

B1406*4

Malfunction of G-sensor inside Front Impact Sensor (RH)

P.52B-66

B1407*2

Front Impact Sensor (RH) Voltage Error

P.52B-68

B1408*2

Front Impact Sensor (RH) Communication Error

P.52B-71

B1409*2

Front Impact Sensor (RH) Communication Impossible

P.52B-71

B1410*2

Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (1st squib) System


(Short Circuit Between Squib Circuit Terminals)

P.52B-74

B1411*2

Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (1st squib) System


(Squib Circuit Open)

P.52B-80

B1412*2

Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (1st squib) System


(Shorted to Squib Circuit Ground)

P.52B-85

B1413*2

Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (1st squib) System


(Shorted to Squib Circuit Power Supply)

P.52B-90

B1414*4

Passengers (Front) Air Bag Module (1st Squib Ignition


Drive Circuit) System Detected Short Circuit

P.52B-63

B1415*4

Passengers (Front) Air Bag Module (1st Squib Ignition


Drive Circuit) System Detected Open Circuit

P.52B-63

B1416*4

Malfunction of G-sensor inside Front Impact Sensor (LH)

P.52B-66

B1417*2

Front Impact Sensor (LH) Voltage Error

P.52B-96

B1418*2

Front Impact Sensor (LH) Communication Error

P.52B-99

B1419*2

Front Impact Sensor (LH) Communication Impossible

P.52B-99

B1420*2

Side-airbag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Short Circuit


between Squib Circuit Terminals)

P.52B-102

B1421*2

Side-airbag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Squib Circuit


Open)

P.52B-107

TSB Revision

52B-33

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Code No.

Diagnostic item

B1422*2

Side-airbag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib P.52B-112


Circuit Ground)

B1423*2

Side-airbag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib P.52B-116


Circuit Power Supply)

B1424*4

Side-airbag Module (RH) (Squib) System Detected Short


Circuit

P.52B-63

B1425*4

Side-airbag Module (RH) (Squib) System Detected Open


Circuit

P.52B-63

B1426*4

Malfunction of G-sensor Inside Side Impact Sensor (Front:


RH)

P.52B-120

B1427*2

Side Impact Sensor (Front: RH) Voltage Error

P.52B-122

B1428*2

Side Impact sensor (Front: RH) Communication Error

P.52B-124

B1429*2

Side Impact sensor (Front: RH) Communication impossible

P.52B-124

B1430*2

Side-airbag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Short Circuit


between Squib Circuit Terminals)

P.52B-128

B1431*2

Side-airbag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Squib Circuit


Open)

P.52B-133

B1432*2

Side-airbag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib


Circuit Ground)

P.52B-138

B1433*2

Side-airbag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib


Circuit Power Supply)

P.52B-142

B1434*4

Side-airbag Module (LH) (Squib) System Fault 3 for Ignition P.52B-63


Drive Circuit

B1435*4

Side-airbag Module (LH) (Squib) System Fault 4 for Ignition P.52B-63


Drive Circuit

B1436*4

Malfunction of G-sensor Inside Side Impact Sensor (Front:


LH)

P.52B-120

B1437*2

Side Impact Sensor (Front: LH) Voltage Error

P.52B-146

B1438*2

Side Impact Sensor (Front: LH) Communication Error

P.52B-149

B1439*2

Side Impact Sensor (Front: LH) Communication Impossible P.52B-149

B1440*2

Curtain Air Bag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Short Circuit


between Squib Circuit Terminals)

B1441*2

Curtain Air Bag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Squib Circuit P.52B-156
Open

B1442*2

Curtain Air Bag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Shorted to


Squib Circuit Ground)

P.52B-161

B1443*2

Curtain Air Bag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Shorted to


Squib Circuit Power Supply))

P.52B-165

B1444*4

Curtain Air Bag Module (RH) (Squib) System Detected


Short Circuit

P.52B-63

B1445*4

Curtain Air Bag Module (RH) (Squib) System Detected


Open Circuit

P.52B-63

B1446*4

Side Impact Sensor (Rear: RH) System for Fault

P.52B-169

TSB Revision

Reference page

P.52B-152

52B-34

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Code No.

Diagnostic item

Reference page

B1447*2

Side Impact Sensor (Rear: RH) Power Supply Circuit


System

P.52B-171

B1448*2

Side Impact Sensor (Rear: RH) (Squib) for Power Supply


Circuit

P.52B-173

B1449*2

Side Impact Sensor (Rear: RH) (Squib) for Communication


System

P.52B-173

B1450*2

Curtain Air Bag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Short Circuit


between Squib Circuit Terminals)

P.52B-176

B1451*2

Curtain Air Bag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Squib Circuit


Open)

P.52B-180

B1452*2

Curtain Air Bag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Shorted to


Squib Circuit Ground)

P.52B-185

B1453*2

Curtain Air bag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Shorted to


Squib Circuit Power Supply)

P.52B-189

B1454*4

Curtain Air Bag Module (LH) (Squib) System Detected Short P.52B-63
Circuit

B1455*4

Curtain Air Bag Module (LH) (Squib) System Detected Open P.52B-63
Circuit

B1456*4

Side Impact Sensor (Rear: LH) System for Fault

P.52B-169

B1457*2

Side Impact Sensor (Rear: LH) Power Supply Circuit


System

P.52B-193

B1458*2

Side Impact Sensor (Rear: LH) (Squib) for Power Supply


Circuit

P.52B-196

B14592

Side Impact Sensor (Rear: LH) (Squib) for Communication


System

P.52B-196

B1466*4

Analog G-Sensor System in the SRS-ECU

P.52B-63

B1467*4

Safing G-Sensor Open Circuit

P.52B-63

B1468*4

Safing G-Sensor Short Circuit

P.52B-63

B1469*4

Safing G-Sensor for Side Air Bag Faults

P.52B-63

B1476*3

Open Circuit to IG1 Power Supply (Fuse No.12 Circuit)

P.52B-199

B1477*3

Open Circuit to IG1 Power Supply (Fuse No.18 Circuit)

P.52B-199

B1478*4

SRS-ECU Capacitor Circuit Voltage too High

P.52B-63

B1479*4

SRS-ECU Capacitor Circuit Voltage too Low

P.52B-63

B1480*2

Driver's Air Bag Module (2nd squib) System (Short Circuit


Between Squib Circuit Terminals)

P.52B-38

B1481*2

Driver's Air Bag Module (2nd squib) System (Squib Circuit


Open)

P.52B-45

B1482*2

Driver's Air Bag Module (2nd squib) System (Shorted to


Squib Circuit Ground)

P.52B-51

B1483*2

Driver's Air Bag Module (2nd squib) System (Shorted to


Squib Circuit Power Supply)

P.52B-57

B1484*4

Driver's Air Bag Module (2nd Squib Ignition Drive Circuit)


System Detected Short Circuit

P.52B-63

TSB Revision

52B-35

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Code No.

Diagnostic item

Reference page

B1485*4

Driver's Air Bag Module (2nd Squib Ignition Drive Circuit)


System Detected Open Circuit

P.52B-63

B1488*4

Passengers Air Bag OFF Indicator Light (Short Circuit


between Circuit Terminal)

P.52B-204

B1489*2

Passengers Air Bag OFF Indicator Light (Open Circuit)

P.52B-207

B1490*2

Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (2nd squib) System


(Short Circuit Between Squib Circuit Terminals)

P.52B-74

B1491*2

Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (2nd squib) System


(Squib Circuit Open)

P.52B-80

B1492*2

Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (2nd squib) System


(Shorted to Squib Circuit Ground)

P.52B-85

B1493*2

Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (2nd squib) System


(Shorted to Squib Circuit Power Supply)

P.52B-90

B1494*4

Passengers (Front) Air Bag Module (2nd Squib Ignition


Drive Circuit) System Detected Short Circuit

P.52B-63

B1495*4

Passengers (Front) Air Bag Module (2nd Squib Ignition


Drive Circuit) System Detected Open Circuit

P.52B-63

B1496*4

SRS-ECU Non-Volatile Memory (EEPROM*1)

P.52B-63

B1497*4

SRS-ECU Application Specific Integrated Circuit (for frontal P.52B-63


activation)

B1498*4

SRS-ECU ROM or RAM

P.52B-63

B1499*4

Air Bag Deployment Determined by SRS-ECU

P.52B-210

B1527*2

Seat Belt Switch (Drivers side) Circuit Open

P.52B-211

B1528*2

Seat Belt Switch (Drivers side) Circuit (Ground Side)


Shorted

P.52B-211

B1537*2

Seat Belt Switch (Passengers side) Circuit Open

P.52B-215

B1538*2

Seat Belt Switch (Passengers side) Circuit (Ground Side)


Shorted

P.52B-215

B1547*4

Passengers Air Bag Cut Off Activating Circuit

P.52B-63

B1556*2

Drivers Seat Slide Sensor Malfunction (Occupant


Classification-ECU)

P.52B-219

B1557*4

SRS-ECU Application Specific Integrated Circuit

P.52B-63

B1558*2

OCM (Occupant Classification-ECU) DTC Present

P.52B-220

B1573*5

Passengers Air Bag Cut Off Switch Circuit (Power Supply


side) Shorted

B1588*4

SRS-ECU Backup Capacitor System (Up converter unit)

P.52B-63

B1589*4

SRS-ECU Backup Capacitor System (Down converter unit) P.52B-63

B1590*4

SRS-ECU Backup Capacitor System (capacitance big)

P.52B-63

B1591*4

SRS-ECU Backup Capacitor System (capacitance small)

P.52B-63

B1594*4

SRS-ECU Safing G-sensor Malfunction (For Side Collision) P.52B-63

TSB Revision

52B-36

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Code No.

Diagnostic item

Reference page

B1603*2

Driver's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib) System (Short


Circuit Between Squib Circuit Terminals)

P.52B-221

B1604*2

Driver's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib) System (Squib


Circuit Open)

P.52B-227

B1605*2

Driver's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib) System (Shorted to P.52B-232


Squib Circuit Ground)

B1606*2

Driver's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib) System (Shorted to P.52B-237


Squib Circuit Power Supply))

B1607*4

Driver's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) P.52B-63


System Detected Short Circuit

B1608*4

Driver's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) P.52B-63


System Detected Open Circuit

B1609*2

Front Passenger's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib) System


(Short Circuit between Squib Circuit Terminals

P.52B-241

B1C49*2

Front Passenger's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib) System


(Squib Circuit Open)

P.52B-246

B1C47*2

Front Passenger's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (squib) system


(shorted to squib circuit Ground)

P.52B-251

B1612*2

Front Passenger's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib) System


(Shorted to Squib Circuit Power Supply

P.52B-255

B1613*4

Front Passenger's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib Ignition


Drive Circuit) System Detected Short Circuit

P.52B-63

B1614*4

Front Passenger's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib Ignition


Drive Circuit) System Detected Open Circuit

P.52B-63

B1615*4

SRS-ECU Safing G-sensor (for front air bag electronic


safing sensor failure)

P.52B-63

B1616*4

SRS-ECU Safing G-sensor (for front air bag electronic


safing circuit failure)

P.52B-63

B1617*4

Roll Over Sensor Malfunction

P.52B-259

B1618*4

SRS-ECU Safing G-sensor (Z axis low G-sensor failure)

P.52B-63

B1631*2

Driver's Knee Air Bag (Squib) System (Short Circuit


Between Squib Circuit Terminals)

P.52B-261

B1632*2

Driver's Knee Air Bag (Squib) System (Squib Circuit Open)

P.52B-265

B1633*2

Driver's Knee Air Bag (Squib) System (Shorted To Squib


Circuit Ground)

P.52B-261

B1634*2

Driver's Knee Air Bag (Squib) System (Shorted To Squib


Circuit Power Supply)

P.52B-273

B1635*4

Driver's Knee Air Bag Module (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit)


System Detected Short Circuit

P.52B-63

B1636*4

Driver's Knee Air Bag Module (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit)


System Detected Open Circuit

P.52B-63

B1699*4

SRS-ECU collective deployment

P.52B-277

B2206

Vin error/mismatch

P.52B-277

B222C

Coding Data not Written

P.52B-278

TSB Revision

52B-37

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Code No.

Diagnostic item

Reference page

B223B

Defective Coding Data

P.52B-278

U0019

Bus Off (CAN-B)

P.52B-278

U0141

ETACS CAN Timeout

P.52B-279

U0154

Occupant classification-ECU CAN Timeout

P.52B-281

U0155

Combination meter CAN Timeout

P.52B-282

U0164

A/C -ECU CAN Timeout

P.52B-284

U0168

KOS/WCM CAN Timeout

P.52B-285

U0184

Audio CAN Timeout

P.52B-286

U0195

Satellite radio tuner CAN Timeout

P.52B-288

U0245

MMCS CAN Timeout

P.52B-289

U1000

OSS CAN Timeout

P.52B-290

NOTE: .

*1

*2:

This DTC will remain in memory and the SRS warning light will be switched on even if the system
returns to normal condition.

*3

: This DTC will remain in memory and the SRS warning light will be switched off when the system
returns to normal condition.

*4:

*5

: Electrically Erasable Programmable ROM

This DTC cannot be erased by "Erase DTC" function.

: This DTC is also set on vehicles without passengers air bag cutoff switch.

TSB Revision

52B-38

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE PROCEDURES

DTC B1400: Driver's Air Bag Module (1st squib) System (Short Circuit Between Squib Circuit
Terminals)
DTC B1480: Driver's Air Bag Module (2nd squib) System (Short Circuit Between Squib Circuit
Terminals)

Drivers's Air Bag Module (Squib) Circuit


SRS-ECU

CLOCK
SPRING

NOTE
*: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED: OFF

DRIVER'S AIR BAG


MODULE (SQUIB)

ACA02863 AB

Connector: C-126

Connectors: C-303, C-313, C-316

C-316 (B)

C-303 (O)

C-126 (Y)
ACA03077AB

TSB Revision

C-313 (Y)

ACA03078 AB

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

CAUTION
If DTC B1400 <1st squib> or B1480 <2nd
squib> is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus lines.
When DTC B1400 is set in the following diagnosis, check the 1st squib circuit. When DTC
B1480 is set, check the 2nd squib circuit.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the front impact sensors
and the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the
impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the front air bag safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.
The ignition signal is input to the air bag module
via the clock spring to inflate the air bag.
.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
between the input terminals of the driver's air bag
module (squib). The most likely causes for this
code to be set are the followings:

52B-39

Short circuit in drivers air bag module (squib)


or harness
Short circuit in the clock spring
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Improper engaged connector or defective short
spring*
Short circuit in the clock spring
Short circuit between the driver's air bag module
(squib) circuit terminals
Damaged connector(s)
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
NOTE: *: The squib circuit connectors integrate a
"short" spring (which prevents the air bag from
deploying unintentionally due to static electricity by
shorting the positive wire to the ground wire in the
squib circuit when the connectors are disconnected).
Therefore, if connector C-126, C-303/C-316 or C-313
is damaged or improperly engaged, the short spring
may not be released when the connector is connected.

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision

52B-40

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
STEP 3. Check SRS-ECU connector C-126, drivers air bag
module connector C-303/C-316 and clock spring connector
C-313.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever. After disconnecting
the C-126 SRS-ECU connector, connect it again.
(3) After disconnecting C-313 clock spring, connect it again.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

Locking button

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
Driver's air bag module
harness side connector
ACA03543AB

(4) Disconnect the C-303/C-316 driver's air bag module


connector using the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the
locking button to the direction of the arrow, and connect it
again.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1400 <1st squib> or B1480 <2nd squib> set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : The procedure is complete. It is assumed that DTC
B1400 <1st squib> or B1480 <2nd squib> set
because connector C-126, C-303/C-316 or C-313
was engaged improperly.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-41

STEP 4. Check the driver's air bag module.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
of wiring harness side connector, and release the lock.

Locking button

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
Driver's air bag module
harness side connector
ACA03543AB

(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866.


MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3 )
MB991866
(Resistor harness)
C-303/C-316
Air bag module
connector
ACA03054AB

CAUTION
Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side
directly as the connector contact pressure may be weakened.
(4) Insert the resistor harness probe (special tool) as shown.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
CAUTION
Always DTC B1481 is set when checking DTC B1400. This
is because the second side terminal is isolated when
checking it. DTC B1481 is set but this is not a fault. In addition, always DTC B1402 is set when checking DTC B1480
because the first side terminal is isolated.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the checked DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the driver's air bag module. (Refer to
P.52B-375). Then go to Step 8.

TSB Revision

52B-42

MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3 )

Clock spring
connector

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

MB991866
(Resistor harness)

ACA03067 AB

STEP 5. Check the clock spring.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect the clock spring connector C-313.
(3) Connect special tool dummy resistor (MB991865) to special
tool resistor harness (MB991866).

CAUTION
Do not insert a probe into the terminal from C-313 harness
side connector front side directly, as the connector contact
pressure may be weakened.
(4) Insert the resistor harness probe from the back of C-313
harness side connector (terminal No.3 and 4 <1st squib> or
(terminal No.1 and 2 <2nd squib>).
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
CAUTION
Always DTC B1481 is set when checking DTC B1400. This
is because the second side terminal is isolated when
checking it. DTC B1481 is set but this is not a fault. In addition, always DTC B1401 is set when checking DTC B1480
because the first side terminal is isolated.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the checked DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Replace the clock spring. (Refer to P.52B-375). Then
go to Step 8.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-43

STEP 6. Check the drivers air bag module circuit. Measure


the resistance at SRS-ECU connector C-126.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-126 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER

To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally,


disconnect clock spring connector C-313 to short the
squib circuit.
(3) Disconnect clock spring connector C-313.
<1st Squib>

Section
A-A

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)
Terminal
Cable tie
A

CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 5, 6 <1st squib> or 3, 4 <2nd
squib> and the short spring to release the short spring.

4 mm or more

Short spring

<2nd Squib>

Section
A-A

AC905150 AG

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)
Terminal

Cable tie
A
A

4 mm or more

Short spring

AC905150 AH

TSB Revision

52B-44

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

(5) Check for continuity between C-126 harness side connector


terminals 5 and 6 <1st squib> or 3 and 4 <2nd squib>.
It should be open circuit.

<1st squib>
C-126 Harness side
connector (front view)

Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1400 <1st
squib> or B1480 <2nd squib> set, replace the
SRS-ECU. (Refer to P.52B-371). Go to Step 8.
NO : Go to Step 7.
ACA02867AB

<2nd squib>
C-126 Harness side
connector (front view)

ACA02867AC

STEP 7. Check the harness for short circuit between the


harness wire and wire.
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.5 and 6) and clock
spring connector C-313 (terminal No.3 and 4) <1st squib>.
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.3 and 4) and clock
spring connector C-313 (terminal No.1 and 2) <2nd squib>.
Q: the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-126 and clock spring connector C-313.
Then go to Step 8.
STEP 8. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1400 <1st squib> or B1480 <2nd squib> set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision

52B-45

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1401: Driver's Air Bag Module (1st squib) System (Squib Circuit Open)
DTC B1481: Driver's Air Bag Module (2nd squib) System (Squib Circuit Open)

Drivers's Air Bag Module (Squib) Circuit


SRS-ECU

CLOCK
SPRING

NOTE
*: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED: OFF

DRIVER'S AIR BAG


MODULE (SQUIB)

ACA02863 AB

Connector: C-126

Connectors: C-303, C-313, C-316

C-316 (B)

C-303 (O)

C-126 (Y)
C-313 (Y)

ACA03077AB

CAUTION
If DTC B1401 <1st squib> or B1481 <2nd
squib> is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
When DTC B1401 is set in the following diag-

TSB Revision

ACA03078 AB

nosis, check the 1st squib circuit. When DTC


B1481 is set, check the 2nd squib circuit.
.

52B-46

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Open circuit in the driver's air bag module


(squib) or harness
Open circuit in the clock spring
Malfunction of connector contact

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the front impact sensors
and the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the
impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the front air bag safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.
The ignition signal is input to the air bag module
via the clock spring to inflate the air bag.
.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
between the input terminals of the driver's air bag
module (squib). The most likely causes for this
code to be set are the followings:

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Open circuit in the clock spring
Open circuit due to improper neutral position of
the clock spring
Open circuit in the driver's air bag module (squib)
circuit
Disengaged driver's air bag module (squib) connector
Improper connector contact
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-47

STEP 3. Check the driver's air bag module.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
of wiring harness side connector, and release the lock.
(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866.

Locking button

Flat-tipped
screwdriver

CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.

Driver's air bag module


harness side connector
ACA03543AB

(4) Insert the resistor harness probe (special tool) as shown.


(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.

MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3 )
MB991866
(Resistor harness)
C-303/C-316
Air bag module
connector
ACA03054AB

CAUTION
Always DTC B1481 is set when checking DTC B1401. This
is because the second side terminal is isolated when
checking it. DTC B1481 is set but this is not a fault. In addition, always DTC B1401 is set when checking DTC B1481
because the first side terminal is isolated.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the checked DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the driver's air bag module. (Refer to
P.52B-375). Then go to Step 6.

TSB Revision

52B-48

MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3 )

Clock spring
connector

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

MB991866
(Resistor harness)

ACA03067 AB

STEP 4. Check the clock spring.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect the clock spring connector C-313.
(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866.

CAUTION
Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side
directly, as the connector contact pressure may be weakened.
(4) Insert the resistor harness probe from the back of C-313
harness side connector (terminal No.3 and 4 <1st squib> or
terminal No.1 and 2 <2nd squib>).
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
CAUTION
Always DTC B1481 is set when checking DTC B1401. This
is because the second side terminal is isolated when
checking it. DTC B1481 is set but this is not a fault. In addition, always DTC B1401 is set when checking DTC B1481
because the first side terminal is isolated.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the checked DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the clock spring. (Refer to P.52B-375). Then
go to Step 6.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-49

STEP 5. Check the harness for open circuit between the


SRS-ECU connector C-126 and the clock spring connector
C-313.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-126 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER

To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally,


disconnect the clock spring connector C-313 to short
the squib circuit.
<1st Squib>

Section
A-A

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)
Terminal
Cable tie
A

CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(3) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 5, 6 <1st squib> or 3, 4 <2nd
squib> and the short spring to release the short spring.

4 mm or more

Short spring

<2nd Squib>

Section
A-A

AC905150 AG

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)
Terminal

Cable tie
A
A

4 mm or more

Short spring

AC905150 AH

TSB Revision

52B-50
<1st squib>

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

CAUTION
Do not insert a probe into the terminal from C-313 harness
side connector front side directly, as the connector contact
pressure may be weakened.
(4) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It
should be less than 2 ohms.

C-313 Harness side


connector (rear view)

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)

<1st squib>
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.5) and the
clock spring connector C-313 (terminal No.3)
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.6) and the
clock spring connector C-313 (terminal No.4)

ACA02867AD

<2nt squib>

<2nd squib>
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.3) and the
clock spring connector C-313 (terminal No.1)
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.4) and the
clock spring connector C-313 (terminal No.2)

C-313 Harness side


connector (rear view)

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)

ACA02867AE

Q: Does continuity exist?


YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1401 <1st
squib> or B1481 <2nd squib> set, replace the
SRS-ECU. (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-126 and clock spring connector C-313
Then go to Step 6.
STEP 6. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1401 <1st squib> or B1481 <2nd squib> set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision

52B-51

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1402: Driver's Air Bag Module (1st Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Ground)
DTC B1482: Driver's Air Bag Module (2nd Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Ground)

Drivers's Air Bag Module (Squib) Circuit


SRS-ECU

CLOCK
SPRING

NOTE
*: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED: OFF

DRIVER'S AIR BAG


MODULE (SQUIB)

ACA02863 AB

Connector: C-126

Connectors: C-303, C-313, C-316

C-316 (B)

C-303 (O)

C-126 (Y)
C-313 (Y)

ACA03077AB

CAUTION
If DTC B1402 <1st squib> or B1482 <2nd
squib> is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
When DTC B1402 is set in the following diag-

TSB Revision

ACA03078 AB

nosis, check the 1st squib circuit. When DTC


B1482 is set, check the 2nd squib circuit.
.

52B-52

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

CIRCUIT OPERATION

DTC SET CONDITIONS

The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is


by detecting signals from the front impact sensors
and the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the
impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the front air bag safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.
The ignition signal is sent to the air bag module
via the clock spring to inflate the air bag.
.

This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance


between the input terminals of the driver's air bag
module (squib).
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of the clock spring
Damaged harness wires and connectors
Short to the ground in the driver's air bag module
(squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-53

STEP 3. Check the driver's air bag module.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
of wiring harness side connector, and release the lock.
(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866.

Locking button

Flat-tipped
screwdriver

CAUTION
Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side
directly, as the connector contact pressure may be weakened.

Driver's air bag module


harness side connector
ACA03543AB

(4) Insert the resistor harness probe (special tool) as shown.


(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.

MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3 )
MB991866
(Resistor harness)
C-303/C-316
Air bag module
connector
ACA03054AB

CAUTION
Always DTC B1481 is set when checking DTC B1402. This
is because the second side terminal is isolated when
checking it, DTC B1481 is set but this is not a fault. In addition, always DTC B1401 is set when checking DTC B1482
because the first side terminal is isolated.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the checked DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the driver's air bag module (Refer to
P.52B-375). Then go to Step 7.

TSB Revision

52B-54

MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3 )

Clock spring
connector

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

MB991866
(Resistor harness)

ACA03067 AB

STEP 4. Check the clock spring.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect the clock spring connector C-313.
(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866.

CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(4) Insert the resistor harness probe from the back of C-313
harness side connector (terminal No.3 and 4 <1st squib> or
(terminal No.1 and 2 <2nd squib>).
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
CAUTION
Always DTC B1481 is set when checking DTC B1402. This
is because the second side terminal is isolated when
checking it, DTC B1481 is set but this is not a fault. In addition, always DTC B1401 is set when checking DTC B1482
because the first side terminal is isolated.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the checked DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the clock spring. (Refer to P.52B-375). Then
go to Step 7.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-55

STEP 5. Check the drivers air bag module circuit. Measure


the resistance at the SRS-ECU connector C-126.
(1) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-126 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER

To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally,


disconnect the clock spring connector C-313 to short
the squib circuit.
(2) Disconnect the clock spring connector C-313.
<1st Squib>

Section
A-A

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)
Terminal
Cable tie
A

CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(3) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 5, 6 <1st squib> or 9, 10 <2nd
squib> and the short spring to release the short spring.

4 mm or more

Short spring

<2nd Squib>

Section
A-A

AC905150 AG

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)
Terminal

Cable tie
A
A

4 mm or more

Short spring

AC905150 AH

TSB Revision

52B-56

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

(4) Check for continuity between C-126 harness side connector


terminals 5 and 6 <1st squib> or 3 and 4 <2nd squib> and
body ground.
It should be open circuit.

<1st squib>
C-126 Harness side
connector (front view)

ACA02867AF

Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1402 <1st
squib> or B1482 <2nd squib> sets, replace the
SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 6.

<2nd squib>
C-126 Harness side
connector (front view)

ACA02867AG

STEP 6. Check the harness for short circuit to ground


between the following connector.
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.5 and 6) and clock
spring connector C-313 (terminal No.3 and 4) <1st squib>.
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.3 and 4) and clock
spring connector C-313 (terminal No.1 and 2) <2nd squib>.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-126 and clock spring connector C-313.
Then go to Step 7.
STEP 7. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1402 <1st squib> or B1482 <2nd squib> set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision

52B-57

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1403: Driver's Air bag Module (1st squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Power Supply)
DTC B1483: Driver's Air bag Module (2nd squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Power Supply

Drivers's Air Bag Module (Squib) Circuit


SRS-ECU

CLOCK
SPRING

NOTE
*: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED: OFF

DRIVER'S AIR BAG


MODULE (SQUIB)

ACA02863 AB

Connector: C-126

Connectors: C-303, C-313, C-316

C-316 (B)

C-303 (O)

C-126 (Y)
C-313 (Y)

ACA03077AB

CAUTION
If DTC B1403 <1st squib> or B1483 <2nd
squib> is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
When DTC B1403 is set in the following diag-

TSB Revision

ACA03078 AB

nosis, check the 1st squib circuit. When DTC


B1483 is set, check the 2nd squib circuit.
.

52B-58

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

CIRCUIT OPERATION

DTC SET CONDITIONS

The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is


by detecting signals from the front impact sensors
and the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the
impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the front air bag safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.
The ignition signal is input to the air bag module
via the clock spring to inflate the air bag.
.

This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance


between the input terminals of the driver's air bag
module (squib).
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of the clock spring
Damaged harness wires and connectors
Short to the power supply in the driver's air bag
module (squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-59

STEP 3. Check the driver's air bag module.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
of wiring harness side connector, and release the lock.
(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866.

Locking button

Flat-tipped
screwdriver

CAUTION
Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side
directly, as the connector contact pressure may be weakened.

Driver's air bag module


harness side connector
ACA03543AB

(4) Insert the resistor harness probe (special tool) as shown.


(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.

MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3 )
MB991866
(Resistor harness)
C-303/C-316
Air bag module
connector
ACA03054AB

CAUTION
Always DTC B1481 is set when checking DTC B1403. This
is because the second side terminal is isolated when
checking it. DTC B1481 is set but this is not a fault. In addition, always DTC B1401 is set when checking DTC B1483
because the first side terminal is isolated.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the checked DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the drivers air bag module. (Refer to
P.52B-375). Then go to Step 7.

TSB Revision

52B-60

MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3 )

Clock spring
connector

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

MB991866
(Resistor harness)

ACA03067 AB

STEP 4. Check the clock spring.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect the clock spring connector C-313.
(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866.

CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(4) Insert the resistor harness probe from the back of C-313
harness side connector terminals Nos. 3 and 4 <1st squib>
or terminal No. 2 and 1 <2nd squib>).
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
CAUTION
Always DTC B1B06 is set when checking DTC B1403. This
is because the second side terminal is isolated when
checking it. DTC B1B06 is set but this is not a fault. In
addition, always DTC B1B02 is set when checking DTC
B1483 because the first side terminal is isolated.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the checked DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the clock spring (Refer to P.52B-375). Then
go to Step 7.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-61

STEP 5. Check the drivers air bag module circuit. Measure


the voltage at the SRS-ECU connector C-126.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-126 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER

To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally,


disconnect the clock spring connector C-313 to short
the squib circuit.
(3) Disconnect the clock spring connector C-313.
<1st Squib>

Section
A-A

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)
Terminal
Cable tie
A
A

4 mm or more

Short spring

<2nd Squib>

Section
A-A

CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 5, 6 <1st squib> or 3, 4 <2nd
squib> and the short spring to release the short spring.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Ignition switch: ON.

AC905150 AG

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)
Terminal

Cable tie
A
A

4 mm or more

Short spring

AC905150 AH

TSB Revision

52B-62

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

(7) Measure the voltage between C-126 harness side


connector terminals 5 and 6 <1st squib> or 3 and 4 <2nd
squib> and body ground.
Voltage should measure 1 volt or less.

<1st squib>
C-126 Harness side
connector (front view)

ACA02874 AB

Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified range?


YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1403 <1st
squib> or B1483 <2nd squib> sets, replace the
SRS-ECU. (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 6.

<2nd squib>
C-126 Harness side
connector (front view)

ACA02874 AC

STEP 6. Check the harness for short circuit to power


supply between the following connector.
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.5 and 6) and clock
spring connector C-313 (terminal No.3 and 4) <1st squib>.
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.3 and 4) and clock
spring connector C-313 (terminal No.1 and 2) <2nd squib>.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-126 and clock spring connector C-313.
Then go to Step 7.
STEP 7. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1403 <1st squib> or B1483 <2nd squib> set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-63

DTC B1404: Driver's Air Bag Module (1st Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Short Circuit
DTC B1405: Driver's Air Bag Module (1st Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Open Circuit
DTC B1414: Passengers (Front) Air Bag Module (1st Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected
Short Circuit
DTC B1415: Passengers (Front) Air Bag Module (1st Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected
Open Circuit
DTC B1424: Side-Airbag Module (RH) (Squib) System Detected Short Circuit
DTC B1425: Side-Airbag Module (RH) (Squib) System Detected Open Circuit
DTC B1434: Side-Airbag Module (LH) (Squib) System Fault 3 for Ignition Drive Circuit
DTC B1435: Side-Airbag Module (LH) (Squib) System Fault 4 for Ignition Drive Circuit
DTC B1444: Curtain Air Bag Module (RH) (Squib) System Detected Short Circuit
DTC B1445: Curtain Air Bag Module(RH) (Squib) System Detected Open Circuit
DTC B1454: Curtain Air Bag Module (LH) (Squib) System Detected Short Circuit
DTC B1455: Curtain Air Bag Module(LH) (Squib) System Detected Open Circuit
DTC B1466: Analog G-Sensor System in the SRS-ECU
DTC B1467: Safing G-Sensor Open Circuit
DTC B1468: Safing G-Sensor Short Circuit
DTC B1469: Safing G-Sensor for Side Air Bag Faults
DTC B1478: SRS-ECU Capacitor Circuit Voltage too High
DTC B1479: SRS-ECU Capacitor Circuit Voltage too Low
DTC B1484: Driver's Air Bag Module (2nd Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Short Circuit
DTC B1485: Driver's Air Bag Module (2nd Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Open Circuit
DTC B1494: Passengers (Front) Air Bag Module (2nd Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected
Short Circuit
DTC B1495: Passengers (Front) Air Bag Module (2nd Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected
Open Circuit
DTC B1496: SRS-ECU Non-Volatile Memory (EEPROM)
DTC B1497: SRS-ECU Application Specific Integrated Circuit (for frontal activation)
DTC B1498: SRS-ECU ROM or RAM
DTC B1547: Passengers air bag cut off activating circuit
DTC B1557: SRS-ECU Application Specific Integrated Circuit
DTC B1588: SRS-ECU Backup Capacitor System (Up converter unit)
DTC B1589: SRS-ECU Backup Capacitor System (Down converter unit)
DTC B1590: SRS-ECU Backup Capacitor System (capacitance big)
DTC B1591: SRS-ECU Backup Capacitor System (capacitance small)
DTC B1594: SRS-ECU Safing G-sensor Malfunction (for side collision)
DTC B1607: Driver's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Short
Circuit
DTC B1608: Driver's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Open
Circuit
DTC B1613: Front Passenger's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected
Short Circuit
DTC B1614: Front Passenger's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected
Open Circuit
DTC B1615: SRS-ECU Safing G-sensor (for front air bag electronic safing sensor failure)
DTC B1616: SRS-ECU Safing G-sensor (for front air bag electronic safing circuit failure)
DTC B1618: SRS-ECU Safing G-sensor (Z axis low G-sensor failure)
DTC B1635: Driver's Knee Air Bag Module (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Short
Circuit
DTC B1636: Driver's Knee Air Bag Module (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Open Circuit

CAUTION
If DTCs is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose
the CAN main bus line.

TSB Revision

52B-64

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC SET CONDITIONS


TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
These DTC are set when a fault is detected in the
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
SRS-ECU. The most likely causes for this code to
be set are shown in the table below:
Code No.
Part/circuit integral to
Symptom
SRS-ECU
Driver's air bag module (1st squib
ignition drive circuit)

Short circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit

Passenger's (front) air bag


module (1st squib ignition drive
circuit)

Short circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit

Side-airbag module (RH) (squib


ignition drive circuit)

Short circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit

Side-airbag module (LH) (squib


ignition drive circuit)

Short circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit

Curtain air bag module (RH)


(squib ignition drive circuit)

Short circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit


Short circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit

B1455

Curtain air bag module (LH)


(squib ignition drive circuit)

B1466

Analog G-sensor

When the analog G-sensor is not operating


When the characteristics of the analog G-sensor are
abnormal
When the output from the analog G-sensor is
abnormal

B1467

Safing G-sensor (front air bag)

Open circuit in the safing G-sensor

B1404
B1405
B1414
B1415
B1424
B1425
B1434
B1435
B1444
B1445
B1454

Open circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit


Open circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit

Open circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit


Open circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit
Open circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit
Open circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit

Short circuit in the safing G-sensor

B1468
B1469

Safing G-sensor (side-airbag)

When the safing G-sensor is not operating


When the characteristics of the safing G-sensor are
abnormal
When the output from the safing G-sensor is abnormal

B1478

Capacitor

Voltage at the capacitor terminal is higher than the


specified value for five seconds or more
Voltage at the capacitor terminal is lower than the
specified value for five seconds or more (This is not
detected if DTC No.B1476 or B1477 indicating battery
positive voltage drop has been set).

B1479

Driver's air bag module (2nd


squib ignition drive circuit)

Short circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit


Short circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit

B1495

Passenger's (front) air bag


module (2nd squib ignition drive
circuit)

B1496

Non-volatile memory (EEPROM)

When the non-volatile memory (EEPROM) are


abnormal

B1497

Application specific integrated


circuit (for frontal activation)

When the Application specific integrated circuit (frontal


activation) are abnormal

B1498

ROM or RAM

When the ROM or RAM are abnormal

B1484
B1485
B1494

TSB Revision

Open circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit


Open circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-65

Code No.

Part/circuit integral to
SRS-ECU

Symptom

B1547

Passengers air bag cut off


activating circuit (squib ignition
drive circuit)

Cut OFF (squib ignition drive circuit)

B1557

Application specific integrated


circuit

When the Application specific integrated circuit are


abnormal

B1588

Backup capacitor system

Backup capacitor up converter

B1589

Backup capacitor down converter

B1590

Backup capacitor capacitance big

B1591

Backup capacitor capacitance small

B1594

Application specific integrated


circuit (for side activation)

When the application specific integrated circuit (side


activation) are abnormal

B1607

Driver's Seat belt Pre-tensioner


(squib ignition drive circuit)

Short circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit

Front passenger's seat belt


pre-tensioner (squib ignition drive
circuit)

Short circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit

SRS-ECU safing G-sensor (for


front air bag electronic)

Safing sensor failure

B1618

SRS-ECU Safing G-sensor (Z


axis low G-sensor)

Z axis low G-sensor failure

B1635

Driver's knee air bag module


(squib ignition drive circuit)

Short circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit

B1608
B1613
B1614
B1615
B1616

B1636

Open circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit


Open circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit

Safing circuit failure

Open circuit in the squib ignition drive circuit


.

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16). Then go to Step 2.

TSB Revision

52B-66

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Are the DTCs set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).

DTC B1406: Malfunction of G-sensor inside Front Impact Sensor (RH)


DTC B1416: Malfunction of G-sensor inside Front Impact Sensor (LH)

CAUTION
If DTC B1406 or B1416 is set in the SRS-ECU,
always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


These DTCs are set if the following conditions are
detected from the analog G-sensor inside the front
impact sensor output:
Analog G-sensor is not operating.

Analog G-sensor characteristics are abnormal.


Analog G-sensor output is abnormal.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of front impact sensor (RH) (for DTC
B1406) and front impact sensor (LH) (for DTC
B1416)

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-67

STEP 2. Check the front impact sensor.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) A front impact sensor is checked in the following way.
Replace the front impact sensor (RH) {In case of code
B1406 (Regardless of "Active" or "Stored" faults)} with
new part.
Replace the front impact sensor (LH) {In case of code
B1416 (Regardless of "Active" or "Stored" faults)} with
new part.
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(4) After erasing the diagnostic trouble code memory, check the
diagnostic trouble code again.
Q: Is either DTC B1406 or B1416 set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : The procedure is complete.
STEP 3. Check the SRS-ECU.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Replace the SRS-ECU with a new one. (Refer to
P.52B-371).
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(4) Check the diagnostic trouble code again.
Q: Is either DTC B1406 or B1416 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision

52B-68

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1407: Front Impact Sensor (RH) Voltage Error

Front Impact Sensor Circuit


SRS-ECU

FRONT IMPACT
SENSOR (RH)

FRONT IMPACT
SENSOR (LH)

ACA02943 AB

Connector: C-126

Connector: A-58

A-58 (Y)

C-126 (Y)
ACA03086 AB

ACA03077AB

CIRCUIT OPERATION

Connector: C-127

ACA03076 AB

CAUTION
If diagnosis code B1407 is set in the SRS-ECU,
always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

TSB Revision

The front impact sensor includes an analog G sensor


and CPU, etc. The CPU monitors the analog G sensor output signal. If the CPU judges that the front air
bags should be deployed, it sends a fire signal to the
SRS-ECU to deploy the front air bags. In addition,
the CPU diagnoses the internal components of the
front impact sensor. If a malfunction occurs, it
requests the SRS-ECU to set a diagnostic trouble
code.
.

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC SET CONDITIONS

52B-69

This DTC will set when the power supply voltage to


the front impact sensor (RH) remains less than a predetermined value for five seconds.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Damaged wiring harness or connectors
Malfunction of the front impact sensor (RH)
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-70

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 3. Check the front impact sensor (RH) power supply


circuit. Measure the voltage at the front impact sensor (RH)
connector A-58.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect front impact sensor (RH) connector A-58, and
measure at the wiring harness side.
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.

CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(5) Measure the voltage between A-58 harness side connector
terminal 1 and ground.
Voltage should measure 9 volts or more

A-58 Harness side


connector (rear view)

AC311097 AN

Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified range?


YES : Replace the front impact sensor (RH). (Refer to
P.52B-367). Then go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Check the harness wires for open circuit or short
circuit between SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.18)
and front impact sensor (RH) connector A-58 (terminal
No.1).
NOTE: After inspecting intermediate connector C-127 inspect
the wiring harness. If the intermediate connector C-127 is damaged, repair or replace it.
Q: Are the harness wires between SRS-ECU connector
C126 (terminal No.18) and front impact sensor (RH)
connector A-58 (terminal No.1) in good condition?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1407 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-126 and front impact sensor (RH)
connector A-58. Then go to Step 5.
STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1407 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision

52B-71

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1408: Front Impact Sensor (RH) Communication Error


DTC B1409: Front Impact Sensor (RH) Communication Impossible

Front Impact Sensor Circuit


SRS-ECU

FRONT IMPACT
SENSOR (RH)

FRONT IMPACT
SENSOR (LH)

ACA02943 AB

Connector: C-126

Connector: A-58

A-58 (Y)

C-126 (Y)
ACA03086 AB

ACA03077AB

Connector: C-127

ACA03076 AB

CAUTION
If DTC B1408 or B1409 is set in the SRS-ECU,

TSB Revision

always diagnose the CAN main bus line.


.

52B-72

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

CIRCUIT OPERATION

The front impact sensor includes an analog G sensor


and CPU, etc. The CPU monitors the analog G sensor output signal. If the CPU judges that the front air
bags should be deployed, it sends a fire signal to the
SRS-ECU to deploy the front air bags. In addition,
the CPU diagnoses the internal components of the
front impact sensor. If a malfunction occurs, it
requests the SRS-ECU to set a diagnostic trouble
code.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


These DTCs are set if communication between the
front impact sensor (RH) and the SRS-ECU is not
possible or faulty.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Malfunction of the front impact sensor (RH)
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16). Then go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-73

STEP 3. Check for any diagnostic trouble code.


Check the front impact sensor (RH).
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Temporarily replace the front impact sensor (RH) with the
front impact sensor (LH).
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(4) Erase diagnostic trouble code from memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1418 or B1419 set?
YES : Replace the front impact sensor (RH) with a new one.
(Refer to P.52B-398). Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Check the harness wires for open circuit or short
circuit between SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.18
and 28) and front impact sensor (RH) connector A-58
(terminal No1 and 2).
NOTE: After inspecting intermediate connector C-127 inspect
the wiring harness. If the intermediate connector C-127 is damaged, repair or replace it.
Q: Are the harness wires between SRS-ECU connector
C-126 (terminal No.18 and 28) and front impact sensor
(RH) connector A-58 (terminal No.1 and 2) in good
condition?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1408 or B1409
sets, replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
Then go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-126 and front impact sensor (RH)
connector A-58. Then go to Step 5.
STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1408 or B1409 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision

52B-74

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1410: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (1st squib) System (Short Circuit Between Squib
Circuit Terminals)
DTC B1490: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (2nd squib) System (Short Circuit Between Squib
Circuit Terminals)

Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (Squib) Circuit


SRS-ECU

NOTE

: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH


CONNECTOR COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED: OFF

PASSENGER'S (FRONT)
AIR BAG MODULE
(SQUIB)

ACA02879 AB

Connectors: C-114, C-126


C-114 (Y)

C-126 (Y)
ACA03077AC

CAUTION
If DTC B1410 <1st squib> or B1490 <2nd
squib> is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
When DTC B1410 is set in the following diagnosis, check the 1st squib circuit. When DTC
B1490 is set, check the 2nd squib circuit.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the front impact sensors
and the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the
impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the front air bag safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.
The ignition signal is input to the air bag module
to inflate the air bag.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-75

Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
between the input terminals of the passenger's side
air bag module (squib).
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Improper engaged connector or defective short
spring*
Short circuit between the passenger's air bag
module (squib) circuit terminals
Damaged connector(s)

NOTE: *: The squib circuit connectors integrate a


"short" spring (which prevents the air bag from
deploying unintentionally due to static electricity by
shorting the positive wire to the ground wire in the
squib circuit when the connectors are disconnected).
Therefore, if connector C-114 or C-126 is damaged
or improperly engaged, the short spring may not be
released when the connector is connected.

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-76

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 3. Check SRS-ECU connector C-126 and passengers


(front) air bag module connector C-114.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever. After disconnecting
the C-126 SRS-ECU connector, connect it again.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

Passenger's (front)
air bag module
connector

Deck
crossmember

Outer housing of
the harness side
connector
AC904912 AC

(3) After disconnecting harness side connector C-114 while


sliding the outer housing of the connector to the direction of
the arrow, connect the connector again.
(4) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(5) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1410 <1st squib> or B1490 <2nd squib> set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : The procedure is complete. It is assumed that DTC
B1410 <1st squib> or B1490 <2nd squib> set as
connector C-126 or C-114 was engaged improperly.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Passenger's (front)
air bag module
connector

Deck
crossmember

52B-77

STEP 4. Check the passenger's (front) air bag module.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Slide the outer housing of harness side connector in the
arrow direction shown, and disconnect the C-114 harness
side connector.

Outer housing of
the harness side
connector
AC904912 AC

MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3

MB991866
(Resistor harness)

C-114 Harness
side connector
C-114 Passenger's (front)
air bag module connector

AC306760AY

(3) Connect special tool dummy resistor (MB991865) to special


tool resistor harness (MB991866).

CAUTION
Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side
directly as the connector contact pressure may be weakened.
(4) Insert special tool MB991866 into the harness side
connector C-114 (terminal No.1 and 2 <1st squib> or
terminal No.3 and 4 <2nd squib>) by backprobing.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
CAUTION
Always DTC B1491 is set when checking DTC B1410. This
is because the second side terminal is isolated when
checking it. DTC B1491 is set but this is not a fault. In addition, always DTC B411 is set when checking DTC B1490
because the first side terminal is isolated.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the checked DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the passenger's air bag module (Refer to
P.52B-382). Then go to Step 7.

TSB Revision

52B-78

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 5. Check the passengers (front) air bag module


circuit at SRS-ECU connector C-126.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-126 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER

To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally,


disconnect the passengers (front) air bag module
connector C-114 to short the squib circuit.
Deck
crossmember

Passenger's (front)
air bag module
connector

(3) Slide the outer housing of harness side connector in the


arrow direction shown, and disconnect the C-114 harness
side connector.

Outer housing of
the harness side
connector
AC904912 AC

<1st Squib>

Section
A-A

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)
Terminal

Cable tie
A
A

4 mm or more

Short spring

<2nd Squib>

Section
A-A

CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4 mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 7 and 8 <1st squib> or 9 and 10
<2nd squib>, and the short spring to release the short
spring.

AC905150 AD

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)
Terminal

Cable tie
A

4 mm or more

Short spring

AC905150 AE

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-79

(5) Check for continuity between C-126 harness side connector


terminals 7 and 8 <1st squib> or 9 and 10 <2nd squib>.
It should be open circuit.

<1st squib>
C-126 Harness side
connector (front view)

Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1410 <1st
squib> or B1490 <2nd squib> set, replace the
SRS-ECU. (Refer to P.52B-371). Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 6.
ACA02867AH

<2nd squib>
C-126 Harness side
connector (front view)

ACA02867AI

STEP 6. Check the harness for short circuit between the


harness wire and wire.
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.7 and 8) and passenger's (front) air bag module connector C-114 (terminal
No.2 and 1) <1st squib>.
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.9 and 10) and
passenger's (front) air bag module connector C-114 (terminal No.4 and 3) <2nd squib>.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-126 and passengers (front) air bag
module connector C-114. Then go to Step 7.
STEP 7. Check for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1410 <1st squib> or B1490 <2nd squib> set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision

52B-80

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1411: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (1st squib) System (Squib Circuit Open)
DTC B1491: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (2nd squib) System (Squib Circuit Open)

Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (Squib) Circuit


SRS-ECU

NOTE

: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH


CONNECTOR COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED: OFF

PASSENGER'S (FRONT)
AIR BAG MODULE
(SQUIB)

ACA02879 AB

Connectors: C-114, C-126


C-114 (Y)

C-126 (Y)
ACA03077AC

CAUTION
If DTC B1411 <1st squib> or B1491 <2nd
squib> is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
When DTC B1411 is set in the following diagnosis, check the 1st squib circuit. When DTC
B1491 is set, check the 2nd squib circuit.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the front impact sensors
and the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the
impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the front air bag safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.
The ignition signal is input to the air bag module
to inflate the air bag.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
between the input terminals of the passengers
(front) air bag module (squib).

52B-81

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Open circuit in the passenger's (front) air bag
module (squib) circuit
Improper connector contact
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-82

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Passenger's (front)
air bag module
connector

Deck
crossmember

STEP 3. Check the passenger's (front) air bag module.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Slide the outer housing of harness side connector in the
arrow direction shown, and disconnect the C-114 harness
side connector.

Outer housing of
the harness side
connector
AC904912 AC

MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3

MB991866
(Resistor harness)

C-114 Harness
side connector
C-114 Passenger's (front)
air bag module connector

AC306760AY

(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866.

CAUTION
Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side
directly, as the connector contact pressure may be weakened.
(4) Insert special tool MB991866 into the harness side
connector C-114 (terminal No.1 and 2 <1st squib> or
terminal No.3 and 4 <2nd squib>) by backprobing.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
CAUTION
Always DTC B1491 is set when checking DTC B1411. This
is because the second side terminal is isolated when
checking it. DTC B1491 is set but this is not a fault. In addition, always DTC B1411 is set when checking DTC B1491
because the first side terminal is isolated.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the checked DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the passenger's (front) air bag module.
(Refer to P.52B-382). Then go to Step 5.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-83

STEP 4. Check the harness for open circuit between


SRS-ECU connector C-126 and the passenger's (front) air
bag module connector C-114.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-126 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER

To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally,


disconnect the passengers (front) air bag module
connector C-114 to short the squib circuit.
Deck
crossmember

Passenger's (front)
air bag module
connector

(3) Slide the outer housing of harness side connector in the


arrow direction shown, and disconnect the C-114 harness
side connector.

Outer housing of
the harness side
connector
AC904912 AC

<1st Squib>

Section
A-A

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)
Terminal

Cable tie
A
A

4 mm or more

Short spring

<2nd Squib>

Section
A-A

CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4 mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 7 and 8 <1st squib> or 9 and 10
<2nd squib>, and the short spring to release the short
spring.

AC905150 AD

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)
Terminal

Cable tie
A

4 mm or more

Short spring

AC905150 AE

TSB Revision

52B-84
<1st squib>

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

CAUTION
Do not insert a probe into the terminal from C-114 harness
side connector front side directly as the connector contact
pressure may be weakened.
(5) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It
should be less than 2 ohms.

C-114 Harness side


connector (rear view)

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)

<1st squib>
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.7) and the passengers (front) air bag module connector C-114 (terminal No.2)
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.8) and the passengers (front) air bag module connector C-114 (terminal No.1)

ACA02867AJ

<2nt squib>

C-114 Harness side


connector (rear view)

<2nd squib>
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.11) and the
passengers (front) air bag module connector C-114 (terminal No.4)
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.12) and the
passengers (front) air bag module connector C-114 (terminal No.3)

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)

ACA02867AK

Q: Does continuity exist?


YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1411 <1st squib>
or B1491 <2nd squib> set, replace the SRS-ECU.
(Refer to P.52B-371). Then go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-126 and passengers (front) air bag
module connector C-114. Then go to Step 5.
STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1411 <1st squib> or B1491 <2nd squib> set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision

52B-85

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1412: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (1st squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Ground)
DTC B1492: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (2nd squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit
Ground)

Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (Squib) Circuit


SRS-ECU

NOTE

: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH


CONNECTOR COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED: OFF

PASSENGER'S (FRONT)
AIR BAG MODULE
(SQUIB)

ACA02879 AB

Connectors: C-114, C-126


C-114 (Y)

C-126 (Y)
ACA03077AC

CAUTION
If DTC B1412 <1st squib> or B1492 <2nd
squib> is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
When DTC B1412 is set in the following diagnosis, check the 1st squib circuit. When DTC
B1492 is set, check the 2nd squib circuit.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the front impact sensors
and the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the
impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the front air bag safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.
The ignition signal is input to the air bag module
to inflate the air bag.

TSB Revision

52B-86

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC SET CONDITIONS

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS

This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance


between the input terminals of the passenger's
(front) air bag module (squib).
.

Damaged harness wires and connectors


Short to the ground in the passenger's (front) air
bag module (squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Passenger's (front)
air bag module
connector

Deck
crossmember

52B-87

STEP 3. Check the passenger's (front) air bag module.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect the passengers (front) air bag module
connector C-114.
(3) Slide the outer housing of harness side connector in the
arrow direction shown, and disconnect the C-114 harness
side connector.

Outer housing of
the harness side
connector
AC904912 AC

MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3

MB991866
(Resistor harness)

C-114 Harness
side connector
C-114 Passenger's (front)
air bag module connector

AC306760AY

(4) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866.

CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(5) Insert special tool MB991866 into the harness side
connector C-114 (terminal No.1 and 2 <1st squib> or
terminal No.3 and 4 <2nd squib>) by backprobing.
(6) Connect the negative battery terminal.
CAUTION
Always DTC B1B0E is set when checking DTC B1412. This
is because the second side terminal is isolated when
checking it. DTC B1B0E is set but this is not a fault. In
addition, always DTC B1B0A is set when checking DTC
B1492 because the first side terminal is isolated.
(7) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the checked DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the passenger's (front) air bag module.
(Refer to P.52B-382). Then go to Step 6.

TSB Revision

52B-88

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Check the passenger's (front) air bag module


circuit. Measure the resistance at the SRS-ECU connector
C-126.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-126 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER

To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally,


disconnect the passengers (front) air bag module
connector C-114 to short the squib circuit.
Deck
crossmember

Passenger's (front)
air bag module
connector

(3) Slide the outer housing of harness side connector in the


arrow direction shown, and disconnect the C-114 harness
side connector.

Outer housing of
the harness side
connector
AC904912 AC

<1st Squib>

Section
A-A

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)
Terminal

Cable tie
A
A

4 mm or more

Short spring

<2nd Squib>

Section
A-A

CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4 mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 7 and 8 <1st squib> or 9 and 10
<2nd squib>, and the short spring to release the short
spring.

AC905150 AD

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)
Terminal

Cable tie
A

4 mm or more

Short spring

AC905150 AE

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-89

(5) Check for continuity between C-126 harness side connector


terminals 7 and 8 <1st squib> or 9 and 10<2nd squib>, and
body ground.
It should be an open circuit.

<1st squib>
C-126 Harness side
connector (front view)

ACA02867AL

Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1412 <1st
squib> B1492 <2nd squib> sets, replace the
SRS-ECU. (Refer to P.52B-371). Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.

<2nd squib>
C-126 Harness side
connector (front view)

ACA02867AM

STEP 5. Check the harness wires for short circuit to


ground between the following connector.
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.7 and 8) and passenger's (front) air bag module connector C-114 (terminal
No.1 and 2) <1st squib>.
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.9 and 10) and
passenger's (front) air bag module connector C-114 (terminal No.4 and 3) <2nd squib>.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-126 and passenger's (front) air bag
module connector C-114. Then go to Step 6.
STEP 6. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1412 <1st squib> B1492 <2nd squib> set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision

52B-90

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1413: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (1st squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Power
Supply)
DTC B1493: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (2nd squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Power
Supply

Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (Squib) Circuit


SRS-ECU

NOTE

: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH


CONNECTOR COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED: OFF

PASSENGER'S (FRONT)
AIR BAG MODULE
(SQUIB)

ACA02879 AB

Connectors: C-114, C-126


C-114 (Y)

C-126 (Y)
ACA03077AC

CAUTION
If DTC B1413 <1st squib> or B1493 <2nd
squib> is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
When DTC B1413 is set in the following diagnosis, check the 1st squib circuit. When DTC
B1493 is set, check the 2nd squib circuit.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the front impact sensors
and the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the
impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the front air bag safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.
The ignition signal is input to the air bag module
to inflate the air bag.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC SET CONDITIONS

52B-91

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS

This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance


between the input terminals of the passenger's
(front) air bag module (squib).
.

Damaged harness wires and connectors


Short to the power supply in the passenger's
(front) air bag module (squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-92

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Passenger's (front)
air bag module
connector

Deck
crossmember

STEP 3. Check the passenger's (front) air bag module.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Slide the outer housing of harness side connector in the
arrow direction shown, and disconnect the C-114 harness
side connector.

Outer housing of
the harness side
connector
AC904912 AC

MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3

MB991866
(Resistor harness)

C-114 Harness
side connector
C-114 Passenger's (front)
air bag module connector

AC306760AY

(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866.

CAUTION
Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side
directly, as the connector contact pressure may be weakened.
(4) Insert special tool MB991866 into the harness side
connector C-114 (terminal No.1 and 2 <1st squib> or
terminal No.3 and 4 <2nd squib>) by backprobing.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
CAUTION
Always DTC B1491 is set when checking DTC B1413. This
is because the second side terminal is isolated when
checking it. DTC B1491 is set but this is not a fault. In addition, always DTC B1411 is set when checking DTC B1493
because the first side terminal is isolated.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the checked DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the passenger's (front) air bag module.
(Refer to P.52B-382). Then go to Step 6.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-93

STEP 4. Check the passengers (front) air bag module


circuit. Measure the voltage at the SRS-ECU connector
C-126.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-126 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER

To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally,


disconnect the passengers (front) air bag module
connector C-114 to short the squib circuit.

Passenger's (front)
air bag module
connector

Deck
crossmember

(3) Disconnect the passenger's (front) air bag module


connector C-114.
(4) Slide the outer housing of harness side connector in the
arrow direction shown, and disconnect the C-114 harness
side connector.

Outer housing of
the harness side
connector
AC904912 AC

TSB Revision

52B-94

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

<1st Squib>

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)
Terminal

Cable tie

Section
A-A

A
A

4 mm or more

Short spring

<2nd Squib>

Section
A-A

CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4 mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(5) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 7 and 8 <1st squib> or 9 and 10
<2nd squib>, and the short spring to release the short
spring.
(6) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(7) Ignition switch: ON.

AC905150 AD

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)
Terminal

Cable tie
A

4 mm or more

Short spring

AC905150 AE

(8) Measure the voltage between C-126 harness side


connector terminals 7 and 8 <1st squib> or 9 and 10 <2nd
squib> and body ground.
Voltage should measure 1 volt or less.

<1st squib>
C-126 Harness side
connector (front view)

ACA02874 AD

Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified range?


YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1413 <1st
squib> B1493 <2nd squib> sets, replace the
SRS-ECU. (Refer to P.52B-371. Then go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.

<2nd squib>
C-126 Harness side
connector (front view)

ACA02874 AE

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-95

STEP 5. Check the harness wires for short circuit to power


supply between the following connector.
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.7 and 8) and passenger's (front) air bag module connector C-114 (terminal
No.1 and 2) <1st squib>.
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.9 and 10) and
passenger's (front) air bag module connector C-114 (terminal No.4 and 3) <2nd squib>.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-126 and passenger's (front) air bag
module connector C-114. Then go to Step 6.
STEP 6. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1413 <1st squib> B1493 <2nd squib> set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision

52B-96

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1417: Front Impact Sensor (LH) Voltage Error

Front Impact Sensor Circuit


SRS-ECU

FRONT IMPACT
SENSOR (RH)

FRONT IMPACT
SENSOR (LH)

ACA02943 AB

Connector: C-126

Connector: A-45

A-45 (Y)
ACA03086 AD

Connector: C-127

ACA03076 AB

CAUTION
If diagnosis code B1417 is set in the SRS-ECU,
always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

TSB Revision

C-126 (Y)
ACA03077AB

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

CIRCUIT OPERATION

52B-97

The front impact sensor includes an analog G sensor


and CPU, etc. The CPU monitors the analog G sensor output signal. If the CPU judges that the front air
bags should be deployed, it sends a fire signal to the
SRS-ECU to deploy the front air bags. In addition,
the CPU diagnoses the internal components of the
front impact sensor. If a malfunction occurs, it
requests the SRS-ECU to set a diagnostic trouble
code.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC will set when the power supply voltage to
the front impact sensor (LH) remains less than a predetermined value for five seconds.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Damaged wiring harness or connectors
Malfunction of the front impact sensor (LH)
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-98

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 3. Check the front impact sensor (LH) power supply


circuit. Measure the voltage at the front impact sensor (RH)
connector A-45.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect front impact sensor (LH) connector A-45, and
measure at the wiring harness side.
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.

CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(5) Measure the voltage between A-45 harness side connector
terminal 1 and ground.
Voltage should measure 9 volts or more

A-45 Harness side


connector (rear view)

AC311097 AO

Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified range?


YES : Replace the front impact sensor (RH). (Refer to
P.52B-367). Then go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Check the harness wires for open circuit and short
circuit between SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.17
and 27) and front impact sensor (LH) connector A-45
(terminal No.1 and 2).
NOTE: After inspecting intermediate connector C-127 inspect
the wiring harness. If the intermediate connector C-127 is damaged, repair or replace it.
Q: Are the harness wires between SRS-ECU connector
C-126 (terminal No.17 and 27) and front impact sensor
(LH) connector A-45 (terminal No.1 and 2) in good
condition?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-126 and front impact sensor (LH)
connector A-45.
STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1417 set?
YES : Replace SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-99

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1418: Front Impact Sensor (LH) Communication Error


DTC B1419: Front Impact Sensor (LH) Communication Impossible

Front Impact Sensor Circuit


SRS-ECU

FRONT IMPACT
SENSOR (RH)

FRONT IMPACT
SENSOR (LH)

ACA02943 AB

Connector: C-126

Connector: A-45

A-45 (Y)

C-126 (Y)

ACA03086 AD

ACA03077AB

CAUTION
If diagnosis code B1418 or B1419 is set in the
SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus
line.

Connector: C-127

ACA03076 AB

TSB Revision

52B-100

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

CIRCUIT OPERATION

The front impact sensor includes an analog G sensor


and CPU, etc. The CPU monitors the analog G sensor output signal. If the CPU judges that the front air
bags should be deployed, it sends a fire signal to the
SRS-ECU to deploy the front air bags. In addition,
the CPU diagnoses the internal components of the
front impact sensor. If a malfunction occurs, it
requests the SRS-ECU to set a diagnostic trouble
code.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


These DTCs are set if communication between the
front impact sensor (LH) and the SRS-ECU is not
possible or faulty.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Malfunction of the front impact sensor (LH)
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-101

STEP 3. Check the front impact sensor (LH).


(1) Check that the negative battery terminal is disconnected. If
the negative battery terminal is connected, disconnect it.
(2) Alternate the right front impact sensor and left front impact
sensor, and then install the alternated sensors.
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(4) After erasing the diagnosis code memory, check the
diagnosis code again.
(5) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
Q: Is the diagnosis code No. B1408 or B1409 set?
YES : Replace the front impact sensor (LH) (Refer to
P.52B-367).
NO : Go to Step 4
STEP 4. Wiring harness check between the A-45 front
impact sensor (LH) connector terminal No. 1/2 and the
C-126 SRS-ECU connector terminal No. 17/27.
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check the C-127
intermediate connector, and repair if necessary.
Wiring harness check for open and short circuit between
right front impact sensor and SRS-ECU
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the diagnosis code No. B1418 or B1419 set?
YES : Replace SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 How
to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-102

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1420: Side-airbag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Short Circuit between Squib Circuit Terminals)

Side-airbag Module (Squib) (RH) Circuit


SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

SIDE-AIR BAG MODULE


(SQUIB) (RH)
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
ACA02894 AB

Connector: C-124

Connector: D-39

D-39 (Y)

C-124 (Y)

ACA03080AB

ACA03077AD
.

CAUTION
If DTC B1420 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus lines.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the side impact sensor
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.
The ignition signal is input to the side-airbag
module to inflate the side-airbag.

TSB Revision

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
between the input terminals of the side-airbag module (RH) (squib).
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Improper engaged connector or defective short
spring*
Short between the side-airbag module (RH)
(squib) circuit terminals
Damaged connector(s)
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-103

NOTE: *: The squib circuit connectors integrate a


"short" spring (which prevents the air bag from
deploying unintentionally due to static electricity by
shorting the positive wire to the ground wire in the
squib circuit when the connectors are disconnected)
(Refer to P.52B-3). Therefore, if connector C-124 or
D-39 is damaged or improperly engaged, the short
spring may not be released when the connector is
connected.

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991934, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991934, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991934.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991934. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the check result satisfactory?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-104

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 3. Check SRS-ECU connector C-124 and side-airbag


module (RH) connector D-39.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever. After disconnecting
the C-124 SRS-ECU connector, connect it again.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

(3) Disconnect the D-39 side-airbag module connector, and


then reconnect it. Unlock the connector by sliding the
locking button to the direction of the arrow as shown in the
figure, and then disconnect the connector.
(4) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(5) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.

Locking button

Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI

Q: Is DTC B1420 out put?


YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : The procedure is complete. It is assumed that DTC
B1420 set because connector C-124 or D-39 was
engaged improperly.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-105

STEP 4. Check the side-airbag module (RH).


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect the D-39 side-airbag module connector, unlock
the connector by sliding the locking button to the direction of
the arrow as shown in the figure, and then disconnect the
connector.

Locking button

Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI

MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3

MB991866
(Resistor harness)

D-39 Harness
side connector

D-39 Side-airbag

module (RH) connector

AC507310BM

(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866.

CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(4) Insert special tool MB991866 into the D-39 harness side
connector by backprobing.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1420 set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the front seatback assembly (Refer to
P.52A-46). Then go to Step 7.

TSB Revision

52B-106

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 5. Check the side-airbag module (RH) circuit.


Measure the resistance at the SRS-ECU connector C-124.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-124 SRS-ECU connector.

DANGER

To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally,


disconnect the side-airbag module (RH) connector
D-39 to short the squib circuit.
Lock lever
AC905015 AC

(3) Disconnect the D-39 side-airbag module connector, unlock


the connector by sliding the locking button to the direction of
the arrow as shown in the figure, and then disconnect the
connector.

Locking button

Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI

C-124 Harness side


connector (front view)
Section
A-A

Cable tie

Terminal
A

CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 56, 57 and the short spring to
release the short spring.

A
4 mm or more

Short spring

AC905468AB

(5) Check for continuity between C-124 harness side connector


terminals 56 and 57.
It should be open circuit.

C-124 Harness side


connector (front view)

Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1420 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 6.
ACA02867AN

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-107

STEP 6. Check the harness wires for short circuit between


SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal No.56 and 57) and
side-airbag module (RH) connector D-39 (terminal No.2
and 1).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-124 and side-airbag module (RH)
connector D-39. Then go to Step 7.
STEP 7. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1420 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

DTC B1421: Side-airbag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Squib Circuit Open)

Side-airbag Module (Squib) (RH) Circuit


SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

SIDE-AIR BAG MODULE


(SQUIB) (RH)
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
ACA02894 AB

TSB Revision

52B-108

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Connector: C-124

Connector: D-39

D-39 (Y)

C-124 (Y)

ACA03080AB

ACA03077AD

CAUTION
If DTC B1421 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus lines.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the side impact sensor
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.

The ignition signal is input to the side-airbag


module to inflate the side-airbag.
.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
between the input terminals of the side-airbag module (RH) (squib).
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Open circuit in the side-airbag module (RH)
(squib) circuit
Improper connector contact
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the check result satisfactory?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-109

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
STEP 3. Check the side-airbag module (RH).
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect the D-39 side-airbag module connector, unlock
the connector by sliding the locking button to the direction of
the arrow as shown in the figure, and then disconnect the
connector.

Locking button

Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI

MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3

MB991866
(Resistor harness)

D-39 Harness
side connector

D-39 Side-airbag

module (RH) connector

AC507310BM

(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866.

CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from D-39 harness side connector front side directly, as the connector
contact pressure may be weakened.
(4) Insert special tool MB991866 into the D-39 harness side
connector by backprobing.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1421 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the front seatback assembly (Refer to
P.52A-46). Then go to Step 5.

TSB Revision

52B-110

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Check the harness for open circuit between


SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal No.56 and 57) and the
side-airbag module (RH) connector D-39 (terminal No.2
and 1).
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-124 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER

To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally,


disconnect the side-airbag module (RH) connector
D-39 to short the squib circuit.
(3) Disconnect the D-39 side-airbag module connector, unlock
the connector by sliding the locking button to the direction of
the arrow as shown in the figure, and then disconnect the
connector.

Locking button

Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI

C-124 Harness side


connector (front view)
Section
A-A

Cable tie

Terminal
A

CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 56, 57 and the short spring to
release the short spring.

A
4 mm or more

Short spring

AC905468AB

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-111

CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from D-39 harness side connector front side directly, as the connector
contact pressure may be weakened.
(5) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It
should be less than 2 ohms.
SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal No.56) and the
side-airbag module (RH) connector D-39 (terminal No.2)
SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal No.57) and the
side-airbag module (RH) connector D-39 (terminal No.1)

D-39 Harness side


connector (rear view)
C-124 Harness side
connector (front view)

ACA02867AO

Q: Does continuity exist?


YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1421 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-124 and side-airbag module (RH)
connector D-39. Then go to Step 5.
STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1421 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision

52B-112

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1422: Side-airbag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Ground)

Side-airbag Module (Squib) (RH) Circuit


SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

SIDE-AIR BAG MODULE


(SQUIB) (RH)
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
ACA02894 AB

Connector: C-124

Connector: D-39

D-39 (Y)

C-124 (Y)

ACA03080AB

ACA03077AD

CAUTION
If DTC B1422 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus lines.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the side impact sensor
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.

TSB Revision

The ignition signal is input to the side-airbag


module to inflate the side-airbag.
.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
between the input terminals of the side-airbag module (RH) (squib).
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Short to ground in the side-airbag module (RH)
(squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-113

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the check result satisfactory?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-114

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 3. Check the side-airbag module (RH).


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect the D-39 side-airbag module connector, unlock
the connector by sliding the locking button to the direction of
the arrow as shown in the figure, and then disconnect the
connector.

Locking button

Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI

MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3

MB991866
(Resistor harness)

D-39 Harness
side connector

D-39 Side-airbag

module (RH) connector

AC507310BM

(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866.

CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(4) Insert special tool MB991866 into the D-39 harness side
connector by backprobing.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1422 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the front seatback pad and frame assembly
(Refer to P.52B-390).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-115

STEP 4. Check the side-airbag module (RH) circuit.


Measure the resistance at the SRS-ECU connector C-124.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-124 SRS-ECU connector.

DANGER

To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally,


disconnect the side-airbag module (RH) connector
D-39 to short the squib circuit.
Lock lever
AC905015 AC

(3) Disconnect the D-39 side-airbag module connector, unlock


the connector by sliding the locking button to the direction of
the arrow as shown in the figure, and then disconnect the
connector.

Locking button

Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI

C-124 Harness side


connector (front view)
Section
A-A

Cable tie

Terminal
A

CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 56, 57 and the short spring to
release the short spring.

A
4 mm or more

Short spring

AC905468AB

(5) Check for continuity between C-124 harness side connector


terminals 56, 57 and body ground.
It should be an open circuit.

C-124 Harness side


connector (front view)

Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1422 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
ACA02867AP

TSB Revision

52B-116

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 5. Check the harness wires for short circuit to


ground between SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal
No.56 and 57) and side-airbag module (RH) connector D-39
(terminal No.2 and 1).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-124 and side-airbag module (RH)
connector D-39. Then go to Step 6.
STEP 6. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1422 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

DTC B1423: Side-airbag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Power Supply)

Side-airbag Module (Squib) (RH) Circuit


SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

SIDE-AIR BAG MODULE


(SQUIB) (RH)
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
ACA02894 AB

TSB Revision

52B-117

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
Connector: C-124

Connector: D-39

D-39 (Y)

C-124 (Y)

ACA03080AB

ACA03077AD

CAUTION
If DTC B1423 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus lines.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the side impact sensor
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.

The ignition signal is input to the side-airbag


module to inflate the side-airbag.
.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
between the input terminals of the side-airbag module (RH) (squib).
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Short to the power supply in the side-airbag module (RH) (squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the check result satisfactory?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision

52B-118

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
STEP 3. Check the side-airbag module (RH).
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect the D-39 side-airbag module connector, unlock
the connector by sliding the locking button to the direction of
the arrow as shown in the figure, and then disconnect the
connector.

Locking button

Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI

MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3

MB991866
(Resistor harness)

D-39 Harness
side connector

D-39 Side-airbag

module (RH) connector

AC507310BM

(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866.

CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(4) Insert special tool MB991866 into the D-39 harness side
connector by backprobing.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1423 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the front seatback assembly (Refer to
P.52A-46). Then go to Step 5.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-119

STEP 4. Check the side-airbag module (RH) circuit.


Measure the voltage at the SRS-ECU connector C-124.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-124 SRS-ECU connector.

DANGER

To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally,


disconnect the side-airbag module (RH) connector
D-39 to short the squib circuit.
Lock lever
AC905015 AC

(3) Disconnect the D-39 side-airbag module connector, unlock


the connector by sliding the locking button to the direction of
the arrow as shown in the figure, and then disconnect the
connector.

Locking button

Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI

C-124 Harness side


connector (front view)
Section
A-A

Cable tie

Terminal
A
A

4 mm or more

Short spring

CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 56, 57 and the short spring to
release the short spring.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Ignition switch: "ON".

AC905468AB

(7) Measure the voltage between C-124 harness side


connector terminals 56 and 57 and body ground.
Voltage should measure 1 volt or less.

C-124 Harness side


connector (front view)

Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified range?


YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1423 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
ACA02874 AF

TSB Revision

52B-120

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 5. Check the harness wires for short circuit to power


supply between SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal No.56
and 57) and side-airbag module (RH) connector D-39
(terminal No.2 and 1).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-124 and side-airbag module (RH)
connector D-39. Then go to Step 6.
STEP 6. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1423 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

DTC B1426: Malfunction of G-sensor Inside Side Impact Sensor (Front: RH)
DTC B1436: Malfunction of G-sensor Inside Side Impact Sensor (Front: LH)

CAUTION
If DTC B1426 or B1436 is set in the SRS-ECU,
always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


These DTCs are set if the following conditions are
detected from the analog G-sensor inside the side
impact sensor
Analog G-sensor is not operating.

TSB Revision

Analog G-sensor characteristics are abnormal.


Analog G-sensor output is abnormal.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of side impact sensor (Front: RH) (for
DTC B1426) and side impact sensor (Front: LH) (for
DTC B1436)

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-121

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371) and side
impact sensor (Front: RH) (Refer to P.52B-398) (for
DTC B1426) or replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to
P.52B-371) and side impact sensor (Front: LH) (Refer
to P.52B-398) (for DTC B1436)
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-122

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1427: Side Impact Sensor (Front: RH) Voltage Error

Side Impact Sensor (Front, Rear) (RH) Circuit


SRS-ECU

SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (REAR: RH)

SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (FRONT: RH)

ACA02943 AB

Connector: C-124

Connector: D-01

D-01 (Y)
C-124 (Y)

ACA03080AC

ACA03077AD
.

CAUTION
If diagnosis code B1427 is set in the SRS-ECU,
always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

OPERATION
The side impact sensor transmits acceleration data
to the SRS-ECU. The SRS-ECU then determines. if
the side and/or curtain air bags should be inflated,
and then sends an ignition signal. The side impact
sensor also diagnoses itself, and sends a diagnosis
code to the SRS-ECU if a problem occurs.

TSB Revision

DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS


This diagnosis code will set when the power supply
voltage to the side impact sensor (Front: RH)
remains less than a predetermined value for one
second.
.

PROBABLE CAUSES
Damaged wiring harness or connectors
Malfunction of the side impact sensor (Front: RH)
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-123

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).
STEP 3. Check the side impact sensor (Front: RH) power
supply circuit. Measure the voltage at the side impact
sensor (front RH) connector D-01.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect side impact sensor (Front: RH) connector D-01,
and measure at the wiring harness side.
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.

CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(5) Measure the voltage between D-01 harness side connector
terminal 1and ground.
Voltage should measure 9 volts or more

D-01 Harness side


connector (rear view)

ACA02874AM

Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified range?


YES : Replace the side impact sensor (Front: RH). (Refer to
P.52B-398). Then go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.

TSB Revision

52B-124

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Check the harness wires for open circuit or short


circuit between SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal No.65)
and side impact sensor (Front: RH) connector D-01
(terminal No.1).
Q: Are the harness wires between SRS-ECU connector
C-124 (terminal No.65) and side impact sensor (Front:
RH) connector D-01 (terminal No.1) in good condition?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1427 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-124 and side impact sensor (Front: RH)
connector D-01. Then go to Step 5.
STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1427 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

DTC B1428: Side Impact Sensor (Front: RH) Communication Error


DTC B1429: Side Impact Sensor (Front: RH) Communication Impossible

Side Impact Sensor (Front, Rear) (RH) Circuit


SRS-ECU

SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (REAR: RH)

SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (FRONT: RH)

ACA02943 AB

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
Connector: C-124

52B-125

Connector: D-01

D-01 (Y)
C-124 (Y)

ACA03080AC

ACA03077AD

CAUTION
If DTC B1428 or B1429 is set in the SRS-ECU,
always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
If an impact of set value or more is detected, the side impact
sensor (Front: RH) sends the coded acceleration data to
SRS-ECU. Based on the acceleration data, SRS-ECU determines the necessity of side-airbag and curtain air bag deployment, and then turns ON the power supply circuit to the inflator.
.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


The diagnosis code is set if the communication between the
side impact sensor (Front: RH) and SRS-ECU is abnormal (No.
B1428), or impossible (No. B1429).
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of the side impact sensor (Front: RH)
Damaged wiring harness and connectors
Malfunction of SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
Required Special Tool:
MB991958: Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
MB991827: M.U.T.-III USB Cable
MB991910: M.U.T.-III Main Harness A (Vehicles with
CAN communication system)

TSB Revision

52B-126

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).
STEP 3. Check the side impact sensor (Front: RH).
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Alternate the side impact sensor (Front: RH) and the side
impact sensor (Front: LH), and then install the alternated
sensor.
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(4) Erase diagnosis code from memory, and check the
diagnosis code.
Q: Is DTC B1438 or B1439 set?
YES : Replace the side impact sensor (Front: RH) with a
new one. (Refer to P.52B-398). Then go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-127

STEP 4. Check the harness wires for open circuit or short


circuit between SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal No.64
and 65) and side impact sensor (Front: RH) connector D-01
(terminal No.2 and 1).
Q: Are the harness wires between SRS-ECU connector
C-124 (terminal No.64 and 65) and side impact sensor
(Front: RH) connector D-01(terminal No.2 and 1) in good
condition?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1428 or B1429
sets, replace the SRS-ECU. (Refer to P.52B-371).
Then go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-124 and side impact sensor (Front: RH)
connector D-01. Then go to Step 5.
STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1428 or B1429 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision

52B-128

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1430: Side-airbag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Short Circuit between Squib Circuit Terminals)

Side-airbag Module (Squib) (LH) Circuit


SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

SIDE-AIR BAG MODULE


(SQUIB) (LH)

ACA02899 AB

Connector: C-125

Connector: D-32

C-125 (Y)

D-32 (Y)

ACA03080AD

ACA03077AE

CAUTION
If DTC B1430 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus lines.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the side impact sensor
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.

TSB Revision

The ignition signal is input to the side-airbag


module to inflate the side-airbag.
.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
between the input terminals of the side-airbag module (LH) (squib).
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Improper engaged connector or defective short
spring*

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Short circuit between the side-airbag module


(LH) (squib) circuit terminals
Damaged connector(s)
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

52B-129

NOTE: *: The squib circuit connectors integrate a


"short" spring (which prevents the air bag from
deploying unintentionally due to static electricity by
shorting the positive wire to the ground wire in the
squib circuit when the connectors are disconnected)
(Refer to P.52B-3). Therefore, if connector C-125 or
D-32 is damaged or improperly engaged, the short
spring may not be released when the connector is
connected.

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.
(3) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(4) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
Q: Is the check result satisfactory?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-130

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 3. Check SRS-ECU connector C-125 and side-airbag


module (LH) connector D-32.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever. After disconnecting
the C-125 SRS-ECU connector, connect it again.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

(3) Disconnect the D-32 side-airbag module connector, and


then reconnect it, unlock the connector by sliding the
locking button to the direction of the arrow as shown in the
figure, and then disconnect the connector.
(4) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(5) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.

Locking button

Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI

Q: Is DTC B1430 out put?


YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : The procedure is complete. It is assumed that DTC
B1430 set because connector C-125 or D-32 was
engaged improperly.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-131

STEP 4. Check the side-airbag module (LH).


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect the D-32 side-airbag module connector, unlock
the connector by sliding the locking button to the direction of
the arrow as shown in the figure, and then disconnect the
connector.

Locking button

Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI

MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3

MB991866
(Resistor harness)

D-32
Harness side
connector

D-32 Side-airbag

module (LH) connector

AC507310BN

(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866.

CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(4) Insert special tool MB991866 into the D-32 harness side
connector by backprobing.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1430 set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the front seatback pad and frame assembly
(Refer to P.52B-390).

TSB Revision

52B-132

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 5. Check the side-airbag module (LH) circuit.


Measure the resistance at the SRS-ECU connector C-125.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-125 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER

To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally,


disconnect the side-airbag module (LH) connector
D-32 to short the squib circuit.
(3) Disconnect the D-32 side-airbag module connector, unlock
the connector by sliding the locking button to the direction of
the arrow as shown in the figure, and then disconnect the
connector.

Locking button

Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI

C-125 Harness side


connector (front view)
Section
A-A

Cable tie

Terminal
A

CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 39, 40 and the short spring to
release the short spring.

A
4 mm or more

Short spring

AC905468AC

(5) Check for continuity between C-125 harness side connector


terminals 39 and 40.
It should be an open circuit.

C-125 Harness side


connector (front view)

Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1430 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 6.
ACA02867AQ

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-133

STEP 6. Check the harness wires for short circuit between


SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No.39 and 40) and
side-airbag module (LH) connector D-32 (terminal No.1 and
2).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-125 and side-airbag module (LH)
connector D-32. Then go to Step 7.
STEP 7. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1430 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

DTC B1431: Side-airbag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Squib Circuit Open)

Side-airbag Module (Squib) (LH) Circuit


SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

SIDE-AIR BAG MODULE


(SQUIB) (LH)

ACA02899 AB

TSB Revision

52B-134

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Connector: C-125

Connector: D-32

C-125 (Y)

D-32 (Y)

ACA03080AD

ACA03077AE

CAUTION
If DTC B1431 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus lines.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the side impact sensor
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.

The ignition signal is input to the side-airbag


module to inflate the side-airbag.
.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
between the input terminals of the side-airbag module (LH) (squib).
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Open circuit in the side-airbag module (squib)
(LH) circuit
Improper connector contact
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the check result satisfactory?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-135

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
STEP 3. Check the side-airbag module (LH).
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect the D-32 side-airbag module connector, unlock
the connector by sliding the locking button to the direction of
the arrow as shown in the figure, and then disconnect the
connector.

Locking button

Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI

MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3

MB991866
(Resistor harness)

D-32
Harness side
connector

D-32 Side-airbag

module (LH) connector

AC507310BN

(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866.

CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from D-32 harness side connector front side directly, as the connector
contact pressure may be weakened.
(4) Insert special tool MB991866 into the D-32 harness side
connector by backprobing.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase diagnostic trouble code memory, and then check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1431 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the front seatback assembly (Refer to
P.52A-46). Then go to Step 5.

TSB Revision

52B-136

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Check the harness for open circuit between the


SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No. 39 and 40) and the
side-airbag module (LH) connector D-32 (terminal No.2 and
1).
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-125 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER

To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally,


disconnect the side-airbag module (LH) connector
D-32 to short the squib circuit.
(3) Disconnect the D-32 side-airbag module connector, unlock
the connector by sliding the locking button to the direction of
the arrow as shown in the figure, and then disconnect the
connector.

Locking button

Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI

C-125 Harness side


connector (front view)
Section
A-A

Cable tie

Terminal
A

CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 39, 40 and the short spring to
release the short spring.

A
4 mm or more

Short spring

AC905468AC

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

C-125 Harness side


connector (front view)

D-32 Harness side


connector
(rear view)

ACA02867AR

52B-137

CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from D-32 harness side connector front side directly, as the connector
contact pressure may be weakened.
(5) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It
should be less than 2 ohms.
SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No.39) and the
side-airbag module (LH) connector D-32 (terminal No.1)
SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No.40) and the
side-airbag module (LH) connector D-32 (terminal No.2)
Q: Does continuity exist?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1431 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-125 and side-airbag module (LH)
connector D-32. Then go to Step 5.
STEP 5.Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1431 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision

52B-138

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1432: Side-airbag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Ground)
Side-airbag Module (Squib) (LH) Circuit
SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

SIDE-AIR BAG MODULE


(SQUIB) (LH)

ACA02899 AB

Connector: C-125

Connector: D-32

C-125 (Y)

D-32 (Y)

ACA03080AD

ACA03077AE

CAUTION
If DTC B1432 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus lines.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the side impact sensor
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.

TSB Revision

The ignition signal is input to the side-airbag


module to inflate the side-airbag.
.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
between the input terminals of the side-airbag module (LH) (squib).
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Short to ground in the left hand side-airbag module (squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-139

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the check result satisfactory?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-140

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 3. Check the side-airbag module (LH).


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect the D-32 side-airbag module connector, unlock
the connector by sliding the locking button to the direction of
the arrow as shown in the figure, and then disconnect the
connector.

Locking button

Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI

MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3

MB991866
(Resistor harness)

D-32
Harness side
connector

D-32 Side-airbag

module (LH) connector

AC507310BN

(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866.

CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(4) Insert special tool MB991866 into the D-32 harness side
connector by backprobing.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1432 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the front seatback assembly (Refer to
P.52A-46). Then go to Step 6.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-141

STEP 4. Check the side-airbag module (LH) circuit.


Measure the resistance at the SRS-ECU connector C-125.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-125 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER

To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally,


disconnect the side-airbag module (LH) connector
D-32 to short the squib circuit.
(3) Disconnect the D-32 side-airbag module connector, unlock
the connector by sliding the locking button to the direction of
the arrow as shown in the figure, and then disconnect the
connector.

Locking button

Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI

C-125 Harness side


connector (front view)
Section
A-A

Cable tie

Terminal
A

CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 39, 40 and the short spring to
release the short spring.

A
4 mm or more

Short spring

AC905468AC

(5) Check for continuity between C-125 harness side connector


terminals 39, 40 and body ground.
It should be an open circuit.

C-125 Harness side


connector (front view)

Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code from memory, and
check the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1432 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
ACA02867AS

TSB Revision

52B-142

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 5. Check the harness wires for short circuit to


ground between SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal
No.39 and 340 and side-airbag module (LH) connector D-32
(terminal No.1 and 2).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-125 and side-airbag module (LH)
connector D-32. Then go to Step 6.
STEP 6. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1432 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

DTC B1433: Side-airbag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Power Supply)

Side-airbag Module (Squib) (LH) Circuit


SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

SIDE-AIR BAG MODULE


(SQUIB) (LH)

ACA02899 AB

TSB Revision

52B-143

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
Connector: C-125

Connector: D-32

C-125 (Y)

D-32 (Y)

ACA03080AD

ACA03077AE

CAUTION
If DTC B1433 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus lines.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the side impact sensor
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.

The ignition signal is input to the side-airbag


module to inflate the side-airbag.
.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
between the input terminals of the side-airbag module (LH) (squib).
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Short to the power supply in the side-airbag module (LH) (squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the check result satisfactory?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision

52B-144

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
STEP 3. Check the side-airbag module (LH).
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect the D-32 side-airbag module connector, unlock
the connector by sliding the locking button to the direction of
the arrow as shown in the figure, and then disconnect the
connector.

Locking button

Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI

MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3

MB991866
(Resistor harness)

D-32
Harness side
connector

D-32 Side-airbag

module (LH) connector

AC507310BN

(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866.

CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(4) Insert special tool MB991866 into the D-32 harness side
connector by backprobing.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1433 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the front seatback assembly (Refer to
P.52A-46). Then go to Step 6.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-145

STEP 4. Check the side-airbag module (LH) circuit.


Measure the voltage at the SRS-ECU connector C-125.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-125 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER

To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally,


disconnect the side-airbag module (LH) connector
D-32 to short the squib circuit.
(3) Disconnect the D-32 side-airbag module connector, unlock
the connector by sliding the locking button to the direction of
the arrow as shown in the figure, and then disconnect the
connector.

Locking button

Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI

C-125 Harness side


connector (front view)
Section
A-A

Cable tie

Terminal
A
A

4 mm or more

Short spring

CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 39, 40 and the short spring to
release the short spring.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Ignition switch: "ON".

AC905468AC

(7) Measure the voltage between C-125 harness side


connector terminals 39, 40 and body ground.
Voltage should measure 1 volt or less.

C-125 Harness side


connector (front view)

Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified range?


YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1433 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
ACA02874 AG

TSB Revision

52B-146

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 5. Check the harness wires for short circuit to power


supply between SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No.39
and 40 and side-airbag module (LH) connector D-32
(terminal No.1 and21).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-125 and side-airbag module (LH)
connector D-32. Then go to Step 6.
STEP 6. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1433 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

DTC B1437: Side Impact Sensor (Front: LH) Voltage Error

Side Impact Sensor (Front, Rear) (LH) Circuit


SRS-ECU

SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (REAR: LH)

SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (FRONT: LH)

ACA02952 AB

TSB Revision

52B-147

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
Connector: C-125

Connector: D-29

C-125 (Y)
D-29 (Y)

ACA03080AE

ACA03077AE
.

CAUTION
If diagnosis code B1437 is set in the SRS-ECU,
always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The side impact sensor transmits acceleration data
to the SRS-ECU. The SRS-ECU then determines. if
the side and/or curtain air bags should be inflated,
and then sends an ignition signal. The side impact
sensor also diagnoses itself, and sends a diagnosis
code to the SRS-ECU if a problem occurs.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This diagnosis code will set when the power supply
voltage to the side impact sensor (Front: LH) remains
less than a predetermined value for one second.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Damaged wiring harness or connectors
Malfunction of the side impact sensor (Front: LH)
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision

52B-148

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).
STEP 3. Check the side impact sensor (Front: LH) power
supply circuit. Measure the voltage at the side impact
sensor (Front: LH) connector D-29.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect side impact sensor (Front: LH) connector D-29,
and measure at the wiring harness side.
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.

CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(5) Measure the voltage between D-29 harness side connector
terminal 1and ground.
Voltage should measure 9 volts or more

D-29 Harness side


connector (rear view)

ACA02874AN

Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified range?


YES : Replace the side impact sensor (Front: LH). (Refer to
P.52B-398). Then go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Check the harness wires for open circuit or short
circuit between SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No.41)
and side impact sensor (Front: LH) connector D-29
(terminal No.1).
Q: Are the harness wires between SRS-ECU connector
C-125 (terminal No.41) and side impact sensor (Front:
LH) connector D-29 (terminal No.1) in good condition?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1427 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-125 and side impact sensor (Front: LH)
connector D-29. Then go to Step 5.

TSB Revision

52B-149

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is reset.


Q: Is diagnosis code B1437 set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : An intermittent malfunction is suspected (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC B1438 Side Impact Sensor (Front: LH) Communication Error


DTC B1439 Side Impact Sensor (Front: LH) Communication Impossible

Side Impact Sensor (Front, Rear) (LH) Circuit


SRS-ECU

SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (REAR: LH)

SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (FRONT: LH)

ACA02952 AB

Connector: C-125

Connector: D-29

C-125 (Y)
D-29 (Y)

ACA03080AE

ACA03077AE

CAUTION
If the diagnosis code B1438 or B1439 is set to
SRS-ECU, be sure to diagnose the CAN bus line.
.

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The side impact sensor transmits acceleration data
to the SRS-ECU. The SRS-ECU then determines. if
the side and/or curtain air bags should be inflated,
and then sends an ignition signal. The side impact
sensor also diagnoses itself, and sends a diagnosis
code to the SRS-ECU if a problem occurs.

52B-150

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC SET CONDITIONS

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS

The diagnosis code is set if the communication


between the side impact sensor (Front: LH) and
SRS-ECU is abnormal (No. B1438), or impossible
(No. B1439).

Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors


Malfunction of the side impact sensor (Front: LH)
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Check whether the diagnosis code is reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Ignition: "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
(3) On completion, check that the diagnosis code is not reset.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 3
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
STEP 3. Check the side impact sensor (Front: LH).
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Alternate the side impact sensor (Front: LH) and the side
impact sensor (Front: RH), and then install the alternated
sensor.
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(4) Erase diagnosis code from memory, and check the
diagnosis code.
Q: Is diagnosis code B1428 or B1429 set?
YES : Replace the side impact sensor (Front: LH) with a
new one (Refer to P.52B-398). Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-151

STEP 4. Check the harness wires for open circuit and short
circuit between SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No.41
and 42) and side impact sensor (Front: LH) connector D-29
(terminal No.1 and 2).
Q: Are the harness wires between SRS-ECU connector
C-125 (terminal No.41 and 42) and side impact sensor
(Front: LH) connector D-29 (terminal No.1 and 2) in good
condition?
YES : Go to Step 5
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-125 (terminal No.41 and 42) and side
impact sensor (Front: LH) connector D-29 (terminal
No.1 and 2).
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is reset.
Q: Is diagnosis code B1438 or B1439 set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : An intermittent malfunction is suspected (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-152

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1440: Curtain Air Bag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Short Circuit between Squib Circuit
Terminals)

Curtain Air Bag Module (Squib) (RH) Circuit


SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE


(SQUIB) (RH)

ACA02908 AB

Connector: C-124

Connector: D-09
D-09 (B)

C-124 (Y)

ACA03080AF

ACA03077AD

CAUTION
If DTC B1440 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the side impact sensors
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.

TSB Revision

The ignition signal is input to the curtain air bag


module (RH) to inflate the curtain air bag.
.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
between the input terminals of the curtain air bag
module (RH) (squib).
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Improper engaged connector or defective short
spring*

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Short circuit between the curtain air bag module


(RH) (squib) circuit terminals
Damaged connector(s)
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

52B-153

NOTE: *: The squib circuit connectors integrate a


"short" spring (which prevents the air bag from
deploying unintentionally due to static electricity by
shorting the positive wire to the ground wire in the
squib circuit when the connectors are disconnected)
(Refer to P.52B-3). Therefore, if connector C-124 or
D-09 is damaged or improperly engaged, the short
spring may not be released when the connector is
connected.

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-154

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 3. Check SRS-ECU connector C-124, curtain air bag


module (RH) connector D-09.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever. After disconnecting
the C-124 SRS-ECU connector, connect it again.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

Locking button

Harness side connector


(2-pin, black)
Inflator

Flat-tipped
screwdriver

AC904706AC

Locking button

Harness side connector


(2-pin, black)

(3) After disconnecting the D-09 harness side connector,


connect the connector again. For the D-09 connector
disconnection, use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the
harness side connector locking button. After releasing the
lock, disconnect the connector.
(4) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(5) After erasing the diagnostic trouble code memory, check the
diagnostic trouble code again.
(6) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
Q: Is DTC B1440 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Intermittent Malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points How
to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-15).
STEP 4. Check by dummy resistor connection.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
of harness side connector. After releasing the lock,
disconnect the D-09 harness side connector

Inflator

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3

AC904706AC

D-09 Curtain air bag


module connector

MB991884
(Resistor harness)

AC301553CZ

(3) Connect the dummy resistor (Special tool: MB991865) to


the resistor harness (Special tool: MB991884).
(4) Connect the resistor harness (special tool) to D-09 curtain
air bag module (front) connector.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) After erasing the diagnosis code memory, check the
diagnosis code again.
Q: Is DTC B1440 set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the right curtain air bag module (Refer to
P.52B-394.)

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-155

STEP 5. Resistance measurement at the C-124 SRS-ECU


connector.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-124 SRS-ECU connector.

DANGER

To release C-124 SRS-ECU wiring harness side connector short spring in the following operations, disconnect D-09 air bag module connector in advance,
and keep the squib circuit shorted.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

Locking button

Harness side connector


(2-pin, black)

CAUTION
The short spring may not be released due to the insufficient insertion. Therefore, insert the insulator for 4 mm (0.6
inch) or more.

Inflator

Flat-tipped
screwdriver

AC904706AC

C-124 Harness side


connector (front view)
Section
A-A

(3) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
of harness side connector. After releasing the lock,
disconnect the D-09 harness side connector

Cable tie

(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminal 59, 60 and the short spring to
release the short spring.

Terminal
A
A

4 mm or more

Short spring

AC905468AD

(5) Check for continuity between the C-124 wiring harness side
connector terminal No. 59 and No. 60.
It should be open circuit.

C-124 Harness side


connector (front view)

Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.

ACA02867AT

TSB Revision

52B-156

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 6. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1440 set?
YES : Replace SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : Intermittent Malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points How
to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC B1441: Curtain Air Bag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Squib Circuit Open)

Curtain Air Bag Module (Squib) (RH) Circuit


SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE


(SQUIB) (RH)

ACA02908 AB

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
Connector: C-124

52B-157

Connector: D-09
D-09 (B)

C-124 (Y)

ACA03080AF

ACA03077AD

CAUTION
If DTC B1441 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the side impact sensors
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.

The ignition signal is input to the curtain air bag


module (RH) to inflate the curtain air bag.
.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
between the input terminals of the curtain air bag
module (RH) (squib).
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Open circuit in the curtain air bag module (RH)
(squib) circuit
Improper connector contact
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision

52B-158

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).

Locking button

Harness side connector


(2-pin, black)
Inflator

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3

STEP 3. Check by dummy resistor connection.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
of D-09 curtain air bag module connector to the direction of
the arrow. After releasing the lock, disconnect the
connector.

AC904706AC

D-09 Curtain air bag


module connector

MB991884
(Resistor harness)

AC301553CZ

(3) Connect the dummy resistor (Special tool: MB991865) to


the resistor harness (Special tool: MB991884).
(4) Connect the resistor harness (special tool) to D-09 curtain
air bag module connector.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) After erasing the diagnostic trouble code memory, check the
diagnostic trouble code again.
(7) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
Q: Is DTC B1441 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the right curtain air bag module.(Refer to
P.52B-394.)

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-159

STEP 4. Resistance measurement at the C-124 SRS-ECU


connector and the D-09 curtain air bag module connector.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-124 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER

To release C-124 SRS-ECU wiring harness side connector short spring in the following operations, disconnect D-09 air bag module connector in advance,
and keep the squib circuit shorted.
Locking button

Harness side connector


(2-pin, black)
Inflator

Flat-tipped
screwdriver

CAUTION
The short spring may not be released due to the insufficient insertion. Therefore, insert the insulator for 4 mm (0.6
inch) or more.

AC904706AC

C-124 Harness side


connector (front view)
Section
A-A

(3) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
of D-09 curtain air bag module connector to the direction of
the arrow. After releasing the lock, disconnect the
connector.

Cable tie

(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminal 59,60 and the short spring to
release the short spring.

Terminal
A
A

4 mm or more

Short spring

AC905468AD

MB991884

(5) Connect the resistor harness (Special tool: MB991884) to


the removed D-09 curtain air bag module connector.
NOTE: When the resistor harness is connected, the terminal No. of connected side and the terminals Nos. 1 and 2 of
resistor harness connector will become inverted.

D-09
Curtain air bag
module connector
AC201287 FW

TSB Revision

52B-160

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

(6) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It


should be less than 2 ohms.
Continuity between C-124 SRS-ECU wiring harness
side connector terminal No. 59 and the resistor harness
connector terminal No. 2
Continuity between C-124 SRS-ECU wiring harness
side connector terminal No. 60 and the resistor harness
connector terminal No. 1

Resistor harness side


connector (front view)
C-124 SRS-ECU
harness side
1
connector (front view)
2

AC506985EU

Q: Does continuity exist?


YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the wiring harness between the C-124 harness
side connector terminal No. 59/60.
STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1441 set?
YES : Replace SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : Intermittent Malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points How
to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-161

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1442: Curtain Air Bag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Ground)
Curtain Air Bag Module (Squib) (RH) Circuit
SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE


(SQUIB) (RH)

ACA02908 AB

Connector: C-124

Connector: D-09
D-09 (B)

C-124 (Y)

ACA03080AF

ACA03077AD

CAUTION
If DTC B1442 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the side impact sensors
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.

TSB Revision

The ignition signal is input to the curtain air bag


module (RH) to inflate the curtain air bag.
.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
between the input terminals of the curtain air bag
module (RH) (squib).
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Short to the ground in the curtain air bag module
(RH) (squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

52B-162

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Locking button

Harness side connector


(2-pin, black)
Inflator

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3

52B-163

STEP 3. Check by dummy resistor connection.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
of D-09 curtain air bag module connector to the direction of
the arrow. After releasing the lock, disconnect the
connector.

AC904706AC

D-09 Curtain air bag


module connector

MB991884
(Resistor harness)

AC301553CZ

(3) Connect the dummy resistor (Special tool: MB991865) to


the resistor harness (Special tool: MB991884).
(4) Connect the resistor harness (special tool) to D-09 curtain
air bag module connector.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) After erasing the diagnostic trouble code memory, check the
diagnostic trouble code again.
(7) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
Q: Is DTC B1442 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the right curtain air bag module (Refer to
P.52B-394.)

TSB Revision

52B-164

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Resistance measurement at the C-124 SRS-ECU


connector
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-124 SRS-ECU connector.

DANGER

To release C-124 SRS-ECU wiring harness side connector short spring in the following operations, disconnect D-09 air bag module connector in advance,
and keep the squib circuit shorted.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

Locking button

Harness side connector


(2-pin, black)
Inflator

Flat-tipped
screwdriver

AC904706AC

C-124 Harness side


connector (front view)
Section
A-A

(3) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
of D-09 curtain air bag module connector to the direction of
the arrow. After releasing the lock, disconnect the
connector.

Cable tie

CAUTION
The short spring may not be released due to the insufficient insertion. Therefore, insert the insulator for 4 mm (0.6
inch) or more.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminal 59, 60 and the short spring to
release the short spring.

Terminal
A
A

4 mm or more

Short spring

AC905468AD

(5) Check for continuity between C124 wiring harness side


connector terminal No. 59, 60 and body ground.
It should be open circuit.

C-124 Harness side


connector (front view)

Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.

ACA02867AU

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-165

STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1442 set?
YES : Replace SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : Intermittent Malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points How
to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC B1443: Curtain Air Bag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Power Supply)

Curtain Air Bag Module (Squib) (RH) Circuit


SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE


(SQUIB) (RH)

ACA02908 AB

TSB Revision

52B-166

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Connector: C-124

Connector: D-09
D-09 (B)

C-124 (Y)

ACA03080AF

ACA03077AD

CAUTION
If DTC B1443 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the side impact sensors
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.

The ignition signal is input to the curtain air bag


module (RH) to inflate the curtain air bag.
.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
between the input terminals of the curtain air bag
module (RH) (squib).
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Short to the power supply in the curtain air bag
module (RH) (squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-167

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).

Locking button

Harness side connector


(2-pin, black)
Inflator

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3

STEP 3. Check by dummy resistor connection.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
of D-09 curtain air bag module connector to the direction of
the arrow. After releasing the lock, disconnect the
connector.

AC904706AC

D-09 Curtain air bag


module connector

MB991884
(Resistor harness)

AC301553CZ

(3) Connect the dummy resistor (Special tool: MB991865) to


the resistor harness (Special tool: MB991884).
(4) Connect the resistor harness (special tool) to D-09 curtain
air bag module connector.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) After erasing the diagnostic trouble code memory, check the
diagnostic trouble code again.
(7) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
Q: Is DTC B1443 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the right curtain air bag module (Refer to
P.52B-394.)

TSB Revision

52B-168

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Voltage measurement at the C-124 SRS-ECU


connector.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-124 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER

To release C-124 SRS-ECU wiring harness side connector short spring in the following operations, disconnect D-09 air bag module connector in advance,
and keep the squib circuit shorted.
Locking button

Harness side connector


(2-pin, black)
Inflator

Flat-tipped
screwdriver

AC904706AC

C-124 Harness side


connector (front view)
Section
A-A

(3) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
of D-09 curtain air bag module connector to the direction of
the arrow. After releasing the lock, disconnect the
connector.

Cable tie

Terminal

CAUTION
The short spring may not be released due to the insufficient insertion. Therefore, insert the insulator for 4 mm (0.6
inch) or more.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminal 59, 60 and the short spring to
release the short spring.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Ignition switch: ON

A
A
4 mm or more

Short spring

AC905468AD

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-169

(7) Measure the voltage between the C-124 wiring harness


side connector terminal No. 59, 60 and body ground.
Voltage should measure 1 volt or less.

C-124 Harness side


connector (front view)

Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified range?


YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.

AC608813CQ

STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1443 set?
YES : Replace SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : Intermittent Malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points How
to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC B1446: Side Impact Sensor (Rear: RH) System for Fault
DTC B1456: Side Impact Sensor (Rear: LH) System for Fault

CAUTION
If DTC B1446 or B1456 is set in the SRS-ECU,
always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


These DTCs are set if the following conditions are
detected from the analog G-sensor inside the side
impact sensor output:
Analog G-sensor is not operating.

TSB Revision

Analog G-sensor characteristics are abnormal.


Analog G-sensor output is abnormal.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of side impact sensor (Rear: RH) (for
DTC B1446) and side impact sensor (Rear: LH) (for
DTC B1456)

52B-170

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16). Then go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371) and side
impact sensor (Rear: RH) (Refer to P.52B-398) (for
DTC B1446) or replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to
P.52B-371) and side impact sensor (Rear: LH) (Refer
to P.52B-398) (for DTC B1456)
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-171

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1447: Side Impact Sensor (Rear: RH) Power Supply Circuit System

Side Impact Sensor (Front, Rear) (RH) Circuit


SRS-ECU

SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (REAR: RH)

SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (FRONT: RH)

ACA02943 AB

Connector: C-124

Connector: D-42
D-42 (Y)

C-124 (Y)

ACA03080AG

ACA03077AD
.

CAUTION
If DTC B1447 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The side impact sensor includes an analog G-sensor
and CPU, etc. The CPU monitors the analog G-sensor output signal. If the CPU judges that the curtain
air bag should be deployed, it sends a fire signal to
the SRS-ECU to deploy the curtain air bag. In addition, the CPU diagnoses the internal components of
the side impact sensor. If a malfunction occurs, it
requests the SRS-ECU to set a diagnostic trouble
code.

TSB Revision

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC will set when the power supply voltage to
the side impact sensor (Rear: RH) remains less than
a predetermined value for five seconds.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Damaged wiring harness or connectors
Malfunction of the side impact sensor (Rear: RH)
(squib)
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

52B-172

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).
STEP 3. Check the side impact sensor (Rear: RH) power
supply circuit. Measure the voltage at the side impact
sensor (Rear: RH) connector D-42.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect side impact sensor (Rear: RH) connector D-40,
and measure at the wiring harness side.
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.

CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(5) Measure the voltage between D-42 harness side connector
terminal 1 and ground.
A wave pattern of oscilloscope iterates an amplitude of 6
12 volts.

6 - 12 V

1V
OR LESS
1S

1S

1S

1S
AC500074 AB

Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified range?


YES : Replace the side impact sensor (Rear: RH). (Refer to
P.52B-398). Then go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.

TSB Revision

52B-173

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Check the harness wires for open circuit or short


circuit between SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal No.61)
and side impact sensor (Rear: RH) connector D-42
(terminal No.1).
Q: Are the harness wires between SRS-ECU connector
C-124 (terminal No.61) and side impact sensor (Rear:
RH) connector D-42 (terminal No.1) in good condition?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1447 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-124 and side impact sensor (Rear: RH)
connector D-42. Then go to Step 5.
STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1447 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

DTC B1448: Side Impact Sensor (Rear: RH) (Squib) for Power Supply Circuit
DTC B1449: Side Impact Sensor (Rear: RH) (Squib) for Communication System

Side Impact Sensor (Front, Rear) (RH) Circuit


SRS-ECU

SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (REAR: RH)

SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (FRONT: RH)

ACA02943 AB

TSB Revision

52B-174

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Connector: C-124

Connector: D-42
D-42 (Y)

C-124 (Y)

ACA03080AG

ACA03077AD
.

CAUTION
If DTC B1448 or B1449 is set in the SRS-ECU,
always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The side impact sensor includes an analog G-sensor
and CPU, etc. The CPU monitors the analog G-sensor output signal. If the CPU judges that the curtain
air bag should be deployed, it sends a fire signal to
the SRS-ECU to deploy the curtain air bag. In addition, the CPU diagnoses the internal components of
the side impact sensor. If a malfunction occurs, it
requests the SRS-ECU to set a diagnostic trouble
code.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


These DTCs are set if communication between the
side impact sensor (Rear: RH) and the SRS-ECU is
not possible or communication is faulty.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Malfunction of the side impact sensor (Rear: RH)
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-175

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).
STEP 3. Check any diagnostic trouble code.
Check the side impact sensor (Rear: RH).
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Temporarily replace the side impact sensor (Rear: RH) with
the side impact sensor (Rear: LH).
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
Q: Is DTC B1458 or B1459 set?
YES : Replace the side impact sensor (rear RH) with a new
one. (Refer to P.52B-398). Then go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Check the harness wires for open circuit or short
circuit between SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal No.61
and 62) and side impact sensor (Rear: RH) connector D-42
(terminal No.1 and 2).
Q: Are the harness wires between SRS-ECU connector
C-124 (terminal No.61 and 62) and side impact sensor
(Rear: RH) connector D-42 (terminal No.1 and 2) in good
condition?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1448 or B1449
sets, replace the SRS-ECU. (Refer to P.52B-371).
Then go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-124 and side impact sensor (Rear: RH)
connector D-42. Then go to Step 5.
STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1448 or B1449 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision

52B-176

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1450: Curtain Air Bag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Short Circuit between Squib Circuit
Terminals)

Curtain Air Bag Module (Squib) (LH) Circuit


SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

CURTAIN AIR BAG


MODULE (SQUIB) (LH)

ACA02919 AB

Connector: C-125

Connector: D-17
D-17 (B)

C-125 (Y)

ACA03080AH

ACA03077AE

CAUTION
If DTC B1450 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the side impact sensors
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.
The ignition signal is input to the curtain air bag
module (LH) to inflate the curtain air bag.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
between the input terminals of the curtain air bag
module (LH) (squib).
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Improper engaged connector or defective short
spring*
Short circuit between the curtain air bag module
(LH) (squib) circuit terminals
Damaged connector(s)

52B-177

Malfunction of the SRS-ECU


NOTE: *: The squib circuit connectors integrate a
"short" spring (which prevents the air bag from
deploying unintentionally due to static electricity by
shorting the positive wire to the ground wire in the
squib circuit when the connectors are disconnected)
(Refer to P.52B-3). Therefore, if connector C-125 or
D-17 is damaged or improperly engaged, the short
spring may not be released when the connector is
connected.

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-178

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 3. Check SRS-ECU connector C-125, curtain air bag


module (LH) connector D-17.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever. After disconnecting
the C-125 SRS-ECU connector, connect it again.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

Locking button

Harness side connector


(2-pin, black)
Inflator

Flat-tipped
screwdriver

AC904706AC

Locking button

Harness side connector


(2-pin, black)

(3) After disconnecting the D-17 harness side connector,


connect the connector again. For the D-17 connector
disconnection, use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the
harness side connector locking button. After releasing the
lock, disconnect the connector.
(4) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(5) After erasing the diagnostic trouble code memory, check the
diagnostic trouble code again.
(6) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
Q: Is DTC B1450 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Intermittent Malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points How
to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-15).
STEP 4. Check by dummy resistor connection.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
of harness side connector. After releasing the lock,
disconnect the D-17 harness side connector

Inflator

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3

AC904706AC

D-17 Curtain air bag


module connector

MB991884
(Resistor harness)

AC301553DH

(3) Connect the dummy resistor (Special tool: MB991865) to


the resistor harness (Special tool: MB991884).
(4) Connect the resistor harness (special tool) to D-17 curtain
air bag module (front) connector.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) After erasing the diagnostic trouble code memory, check the
diagnostic trouble code again.
Q: Is DTC B1450 set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the left curtain air bag module (Refer to
P.52B-394.)

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-179

STEP 5. Resistance measurement at the C-125 SRS-ECU


connector.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever. After disconnecting
the C-125 SRS-ECU connector, connect it again.

DANGER

To release C-125 SRS-ECU wiring harness side connector short spring in the following operations, disconnect D-17 air bag module connector in advance,
and keep the squib circuit shorted.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

Locking button

Harness side connector


(2-pin, black)

CAUTION
The short spring may not be released due to the insufficient insertion. Therefore, insert the insulator for 4 mm (0.6
inch) or more.

Inflator

Flat-tipped
screwdriver

AC904706AC

C-125 Harness side


connector (front view)
Section
A-A

(3) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
of harness side connector. After releasing the lock,
disconnect the D-17 harness side connector

Cable tie

(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminal 36, 37 and the short spring to
release the short spring.

Terminal
A
A

4 mm or more

Short spring

AC905468AE

(5) Check for continuity between the C-125 wiring harness side
connector terminal No. 36 and No. 37.
It should be open circuit.

C-125 Harness side


connector (front view)

Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.

ACA02867AV

TSB Revision

52B-180

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 6. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1450 set?
YES : Replace SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : Intermittent Malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points How
to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC B1451: Curtain Air Bag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Squib Circuit Open)

Curtain Air Bag Module (Squib) (LH) Circuit


SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

CURTAIN AIR BAG


MODULE (SQUIB) (LH)

ACA02919 AB

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
Connector: C-125

52B-181

Connector: D-17
D-17 (B)

C-125 (Y)

ACA03080AH

ACA03077AE

CAUTION
If DTC B1451 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the side impact sensors
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.

The ignition signal is input to the curtain air bag


module (LH) to inflate the curtain air bag.
.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
between the input terminals of the curtain air bag
module (LH) (squib).
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Open circuit in the curtain air bag module (LH)
(squib) circuit
Improper connector contact
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision

52B-182

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).

Locking button

Harness side connector


(2-pin, black)
Inflator

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3

STEP 3. Check by dummy resistor connection.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
of D-17 curtain air bag module connector to the direction of
the arrow. After releasing the lock, disconnect the
connector.

AC904706AC

D-17 Curtain air bag


module connector

MB991884
(Resistor harness)

AC301553DH

(3) Connect the dummy resistor (Special tool: MB991865) to


the resistor harness (Special tool: MB991884).
(4) Connect the resistor harness (special tool) to D-09 curtain
air bag module connector.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) After erasing the diagnostic trouble code memory, check the
diagnostic trouble code again.
(7) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
Q: Is DTC B1441 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the left curtain air bag module.(Refer to
P.52B-394.)

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-183

STEP 4. RResistance measurement at the C-125 SRS-ECU


connector and the D-17 curtain air bag module connector.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-125 SRS-ECU connector.

DANGER

To release C-125 SRS-ECU wiring harness side connector short spring in the following operations, disconnect D-17 air bag module connector in advance,
and keep the squib circuit shorted.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

Locking button

Harness side connector


(2-pin, black)
Inflator

Flat-tipped
screwdriver

AC904706AC

C-125 Harness side


connector (front view)
Section
A-A

(3) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
of D-17 curtain air bag module connector to the direction of
the arrow. After releasing the lock, disconnect the
connector.

Cable tie

CAUTION
The short spring may not be released due to the insufficient insertion. Therefore, insert the insulator for 4 mm (0.6
inch) or more.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminal 36, 37 and the short spring to
release the short spring.

Terminal
A
A

4 mm or more

Short spring

AC905468AE

MB991884

(5) Connect the resistor harness (Special tool: MB991884) to


the removed D-17 curtain air bag module connector.
NOTE: When the resistor harness is connected, the terminal No. of connected side and the terminals Nos. 1 and 2 of
resistor harness connector will become inverted.

D-09
Curtain air bag
module connector
AC201287 FW

TSB Revision

52B-184

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

CAUTION
(6) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It
should be less than 2 ohms.
Continuity between C-125 SRS-ECU wiring harness
side connector terminal No. 36 and the resistor harness
connector terminal No. 1
Continuity between C-125 SRS-ECU wiring harness
side connector terminal No. 37 and the resistor harness
connector terminal No. 2

Resistor harness side


connector (front view)
C-125 SRS-ECU
harness side
1
connector (front view)
2

AC506985EV

Q: Does continuity exist?


YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the wiring harness between the C-125 harness
side connector terminal No. 36/37.
STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1451 set?
YES : Replace SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : Intermittent Malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points How
to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-185

DTC B1452: Curtain Air Bag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Ground)
Curtain Air Bag Module (Squib) (LH) Circuit
SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

CURTAIN AIR BAG


MODULE (SQUIB) (LH)

ACA02919 AB

Connector: C-125

Connector: D-17
D-17 (B)

C-125 (Y)

ACA03080AH

ACA03077AE

CAUTION
If DTC B1452 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the side impact sensors
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.

TSB Revision

The ignition signal is input to the curtain air bag


module (LH) to inflate the curtain air bag.
.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
between the input terminals of the curtain air bag
module (LH) (squib).
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Short to the ground in the curtain air bag module
(LH) (squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

52B-186

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Locking button

Harness side connector


(2-pin, black)
Inflator

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3

52B-187

STEP 3. Check by dummy resistor connection.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
of D-17 curtain air bag module connector to the direction of
the arrow. After releasing the lock, disconnect the
connector.

AC904706AC

D-17 Curtain air bag


module connector

MB991884
(Resistor harness)

AC301553DH

(3) Connect the dummy resistor (Special tool: MB991865) to


the resistor harness (Special tool: MB991884).
(4) Connect the resistor harness (special tool) to D-17 curtain
air bag module connector.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) After erasing the diagnostic trouble code memory, check the
diagnostic trouble code again.
(7) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
Q: Is DTC B1452 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the left curtain air bag module (Refer to
P.52B-394.)

TSB Revision

52B-188

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Resistance measurement at the C-125 SRS-ECU


connector.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-125 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER

To release C-125 SRS-ECU wiring harness side connector short spring in the following operations, disconnect D-17 air bag module connector in advance,
and keep the squib circuit shorted.
Locking button

Harness side connector


(2-pin, black)

(3) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
of harness side connector. After releasing the lock,
disconnect the D-17 harness side connector

Inflator

Flat-tipped
screwdriver

AC904706AC

C-125 Harness side


connector (front view)
Section
A-A

Cable tie

CAUTION
The short spring may not be released due to the insufficient insertion. Therefore, insert the insulator for 4 mm (0.6
inch) or more.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminal 36, 37 and the short spring to
release the short spring.

Terminal
A
A

4 mm or more

Short spring

AC905468AE

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-189

(5) Check for continuity between C-125 wiring harness side


connector terminal No. 36, 37 and body ground.
It should be open circuit.

C-125 Harness side


connector (front view)

Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.

ACA02867AW

STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1452 set?
YES : Replace SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : Intermittent Malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points How
to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC B1453: Curtain Air bag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Power Supply)
Curtain Air Bag Module (Squib) (LH) Circuit
SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

CURTAIN AIR BAG


MODULE (SQUIB) (LH)

ACA02919 AB

TSB Revision

52B-190

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Connector: C-125

Connector: D-17
D-17 (B)

C-125 (Y)

ACA03080AH

ACA03077AE

CAUTION
If DTC B1453 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the side impact sensors
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.

The ignition signal is input to the curtain air bag


module (LH) to inflate the curtain air bag.
.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
between the input terminals of the curtain air bag
module (LH) (squib).
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Short to the power supply in the curtain air bag
module (LH) (squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-191

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).
STEP 3. Check SRS-ECU connector C-125, curtain air bag
module (LH) connector D-17.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever. After disconnecting
the C-125 SRS-ECU connector, connect it again.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

Locking button

Harness side connector


(2-pin, black)
Inflator

Flat-tipped
screwdriver

AC904706AC

(3) After disconnecting the D-17 harness side connector,


connect the connector again. For the D-17 connector
disconnection, use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the
harness side connector locking button. After releasing the
lock, disconnect the connector.
(4) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(5) After erasing the diagnostic trouble code memory, check the
diagnostic trouble code again.
(6) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
Q: Is DTC B1453 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Intermittent Malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points How
to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-192

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Voltage measurement at the C-125 SRS-ECU


connector.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-125 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER

To release C-125 SRS-ECU wiring harness side connector short spring in the following operations, disconnect D-17 air bag module connector in advance,
and keep the squib circuit shorted.
Locking button

Harness side connector


(2-pin, black)

(3) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
of harness side connector. After releasing the lock,
disconnect the D-17 harness side connector

Inflator

Flat-tipped
screwdriver

AC904706AC

C-125 Harness side


connector (front view)
Section
A-A

Cable tie

Terminal

CAUTION
The short spring may not be released due to the insufficient insertion. Therefore, insert the insulator for 4 mm (0.6
inch) or more.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminal 36, 37 and the short spring to
release the short spring.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Ignition switch: ON

A
A
4 mm or more

Short spring

AC905468AE

TSB Revision

52B-193

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

(7) Measure the voltage between the C-125 wiring harness


side connector terminal No. 36, 37 and body ground.
Voltage should measure 1 volt or less.

C-125 SRS-ECU harness side


connector (front view)

Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified range?


YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.

ACA02874AI

STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1453 set?
YES : Replace SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : Intermittent Malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points How
to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC B1457: Side Impact Sensor (Rear: LH) Power Supply Circuit System

Side Impact Sensor (Front, Rear) (LH) Circuit


SRS-ECU

SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (REAR: LH)

SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (FRONT: LH)

ACA02952 AB

TSB Revision

52B-194

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Connector: C-125

Connector: D-43

D-43 (Y)
C-125 (Y)

ACA03080AI

ACA03077AE
.

CAUTION
If DTC B1457 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The side impact sensor includes an analog G-sensor
and CPU, etc. The CPU monitors the analog G-sensor output signal. If the CPU judges that the curtain
air bag should be deployed, it sends a fire signal to
the SRS-ECU to deploy the curtain air bag. In addition, the CPU diagnoses the internal components of
the side impact sensor. If a malfunction occurs, it
requests the SRS-ECU to set a diagnostic trouble
code.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if the power supply voltage of the
side impact sensor (Rear: LH) drops below the rated
value for a continuous period of 5 seconds or more.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Malfunction of the side impact sensor (Rear: LH)
(squib)
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-195

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).
STEP 3. Check the side impact sensor (Rear: LH) power
supply circuit. Measure the voltage at the side impact
sensor (Rear: LH) connector D-43.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect side impact sensor (Rear: LH) connector D-43,
and measure at the wiring harness side.
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.

CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(5) Measure the voltage between D-43 harness side connector
terminal 1 and ground.
A wave pattern of oscilloscope iterates an amplitude of 6
12 volts.

6 - 12 V

1V
OR LESS
1S

1S

1S

1S
AC500074 AB

Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified range?


YES : Replace the side impact sensor (Rear: LH) (Refer to
P.52B-398). Then go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Check the harness wires for open circuit or short
circuit between SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No.45)
and side impact sensor (Rear: LH) connector D-43
(terminal No.2).
Q: Are the harness wires between SRS-ECU connector
C-125 (terminal No.15) and side impact sensor (Rear:
LH) connector D-43 (terminal No.2) in good condition?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1457 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-125 and side impact sensor (Rear: LH)
connector D-43. Then go to Step 5.

TSB Revision

52B-196

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1457 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

DTC B1458: Side Impact Sensor (Rear: LH) (Squib) for Power Supply Circuit
DTC B1459: Side Impact Sensor (Rear: LH) (Squib) for Communication System

Side Impact Sensor (Front, Rear) (LH) Circuit


SRS-ECU

SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (REAR: LH)

SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (FRONT: LH)

ACA02952 AB

Connector: C-125

Connector: D-43

D-43 (Y)
C-125 (Y)

ACA03077AE

CAUTION
If DTC B1458 or B1459 is set in the SRS-ECU,
always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

TSB Revision

ACA03080AI

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

CIRCUIT OPERATION

52B-197

The side impact sensor includes an analog G-sensor


and CPU, etc. The CPU monitors the analog G-sensor output signal. If the CPU judges that the curtain
air bag should be deployed, it sends a fire signal to
the SRS-ECU to deploy the curtain air bag. In addition, the CPU diagnoses the internal components of
the side impact sensor. If a malfunction occurs, it
requests the SRS-ECU to set a diagnostic trouble
code.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


These DTCs are set if communication between the
side impact sensor (rear LH) and the SRS-ECU is
not possible or faulty.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Malfunction of the side impact sensor (rear LH)
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-198

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 3. Check for any diagnostic trouble code.


Check the side impact sensor (rear LH).
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Replace the side impact sensor (rear LH) with the side
impact sensor (rear RH).
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
Q: Is DTC B1448 or B1449 set?
YES : Replace the side impact sensor (rear LH) with a new
one. (Refer to P.52B-398). Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Check the harness wires for open circuit or short
circuit between SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No.44
and 45) and side impact sensor (rear LH) connector D-43
(terminal No.1 and 2).
Q: Are the harness wires between SRS-ECU connector
C-125 (terminal No.44 and 45) and side impact sensor
(rear LH) connector D-43 (terminal No.1 and 2) in good
condition?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1458 or B1459
sets, replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
Then go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-125 and side impact sensor (rear LH)
connector D-43. Then go to Step 5.
STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1458 or B1459 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-199

DTC B1476: Open Circuit to IG1 Power Supply (Fuse No.12 Circuit)
DTC B1477: Open Circuit to IG1 Power Supply (Fuse No.18 Circuit)

IGNITION SWITCH (IG1)


OR OSS-ECU (IG1)

FUSIBLE LINK

34

ETACS-ECU

IG1
RELAY

SRS-ECU

ACA02959 AB

TSB Revision

52B-200

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
Connectors: C-412, C-417

Connector: C-126

ETACS-ECU
C-417

C-412 (BR)

C-126 (Y)

ACA03079 AB

ACA03077AB

CAUTION
If DTC B1476 (Fuse No.12) or B1477 (Fuse No.18)
is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN
main bus lines.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU is powered from the fusible link
(34).
The SRS-ECU power is supplied from two circuits. Even if one circuit is shut off, the air bag
can inflate.
.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This code is set when an open circuit occurs in the
power supply circuit to the SRS-ECU (terminal
No.61) or in the power supply circuit to the SRS-ECU
(terminal No.62). Also, if the code No. B1476 and
B1477 are set at the same time, the battery voltage
may have dropped. Therefore, check the battery first.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS

Open circuit to power supply circuit


Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
Malfunction of ETACS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Power supply fuse number 12,18 check.
Q: Is the fuse in good condition?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 2
STEP 2. Check for a blown fuse.
(1) Replace the fuse.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position, wait for at least
one minute and then turn the switch off.
(3) Check the fuse.
Q: Is the fuse in good condition?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the wiring harness between the C-313
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 4/2 and the C-27
SRS-ECU connector terminal No. 61/62, and replace
the power supply fuse.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-201

STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 4. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the ETACS.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the ETACS, (Refer to GROUP 54A,
ETACS, Diagnosis P.54A-671.
NO : Check the input signal of ETACS-ECU ignition switch
(IG1) (Refer to GROUP 54A ETACS, Symptom
procedures P.54A-728). Than go to step 5.
STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-202

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 6. Resistance measurement at the C-126 SRS-ECU


connector.
(1) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-126 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

(2) Take the measurements below at the C-126 wiring harness


side connectors. It should be less than 2 ohms.
Continuity between C-126 wiring harness side connector terminal No. 24 and body ground

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)

Q: Does continuity exist?


YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the wiring harness between the C-126
SRS-ECU connector terminal No. 24 and the ground.
ACA02867BE

STEP 7. Measure the voltage at the C-126 SRS-ECU


connector.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-126 SRS-ECU connector.
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(4) Ignition switch: ON

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

(5) Take the measurements below at the C-126 harness side


connector.
Voltage between terminal No. 21/22 and body ground
OK: 9 V or more

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)

Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified range?


YES : Go to Step 9.
NO : Go to Step 8.
ACA02874 AO

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-203

STEP 8. Check the harness for open circuit between


SRS-ECU connector C-126 terminal No.21 and the
ETACS-ECU connector C-412 terminal No.4 or between
SRS-ECU connector C-126 terminal No.22 and the
ETACS-ECU connector C-417 terminal No.5.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-126 SRS-ECU connector.
(3) Disconnect the ETACS-ECU connector C-412 or C-417.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

C-126
Harness side
connector
(front view)

(4) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It


should be less than 2 ohms.

C-417 Harness side


connector (front view)

<Fuse No.12>
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.22) and the
ETACS-ECU connector C-417 (terminal No.5)
<Fuse No.18>
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.21) and the
ETACS-ECU connector C-412 (terminal No.4)
ACA02867BG

C-412 Harness side


connector (front view)
C-126
Harness side
connector
(front view)

Q: Does continuity exist?


YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU (Refer to GROUP 54A,
ETACS-ECU P.54A-768).
NO : Repair the harness wire between SRS-ECU
connector C-126 and the ETACS-ECU connector
C-412 or C-417.

ACA02867BF

STEP 9. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1476 <Fuse No.12 circuit> or B1477 <Fuse
No.18 circuit> set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-204

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1488: Passengers Air Bag OFF Indicator Light (Short Circuit between Circuit Terminal)

Air Bag OFF Indiator Light Drive Circuit


ETACS-ECU

CENTER PANEL ASSEMBLY


INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
AIR BAG OFF
INDICATOR
LIGHT
PASSENGER'S
SIDE

SRS-ECU

ACA02964 AB

Connectors: C-126, C-205

C-205 (GR)

C-126 (Y)
ACA03077AF

The passengers air bag OFF indicator light illuminates when the ignition switch is turned to the
"ON" position and goes out after approximately
seven seconds if there is not a malfunction in the
SRS system. In the following situations, the indicator will stay on to show that the passengers
(front) air bag is not operational.
The occupant is determined to be less than
66 lbs (30 kg) by the occupant classification-ECU.
The front passengers seat is not occupied.

CAUTION
If DTC B1488 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
Power for the passengers air bag OFF indicator
light is supplied from the fusible link (34).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC SET CONDITIONS

52B-205

This DTC will be set if the passengers air bag OFF


indicator light driving circuit is short to ground. If the
vehicle condition returns to normal, DTC B1488 will
be automatically erased, and the warning light will go
out.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
Malfunction of the passengers air bag OFF indicator light

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
STEP 3. Check the passengers air bag OFF indicator light.
(1) It is checked whether the passengers air bag OFF indicator
light is normal (Refer to P.52B-30).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace center panel assembly (Refer to GROUP
52A Instrument Panel Assembly P.52A-3).

TSB Revision

52B-206

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Resistance measurement at the C-126 SRS-ECU


connector.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-126 SRS-ECU connector.
(3) Disconnect the center panel assembly connector C-205.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

(4) Take the measurements below at the SRS-ECU harness


side connector. It should be open circuit.
Continuity between terminal No.13 and body ground.

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)

Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the wiring harness between the C-126
SRS-ECU connector terminal No. 13 and the C-205
center panel assembly connector terminal No.14.
Then go to Step 6
ACA02867BH

STEP 5. Resistance measurement at the C-205 center


panel assembly connector.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-126 SRS-ECU connector.

CAUTION
Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side
directly, as the connector contact pressure may be weakened.
Lock lever
AC905015 AC

(3) Take the following measurements at the backside of the


C-205 center panel assembly side connector (harness
side).
Continuity between terminal No.14 and body ground.
(4) It should be open circuit.

C-205 Harness side


connector (front view)

Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Replace SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
AC608812 JV

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-207

STEP 6. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1488 set?
YES : Replace SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC B1489: Passengers Air Bag OFF Indicator Light (Open Circuit)

Air Bag OFF Indiator Light Drive Circuit


ETACS-ECU

CENTER PANEL ASSEMBLY


INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
AIR BAG OFF
INDICATOR
LIGHT
PASSENGER'S
SIDE

SRS-ECU

ACA02964 AB

TSB Revision

52B-208

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Connectors: C-126, C-205

C-205 (GR)

C-126 (Y)
ACA03077AF

The occupant is determined to be less than


66 lbs (30 kg) by the occupant classification-ECU.
The front passengers seat is not occupied.

CAUTION
If DTC B1206 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
Power for the passengers air bag OFF indicator
light is supplied from the fusible link (34).
The passengers air bag OFF indicator light illuminates when the ignition switch is turned to the
"ON" position and goes out after approximately
seven seconds if there is not a malfunction in the
SRS system. In the following situations, the indicator will stay on to show that the passengers
(front) air bag is not operational.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC will be set if an open circuit has occurred in
the wiring harness between the passengers air bag
OFF indicator light and the SRS-ECU.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
Malfunction of the passengers air bag OFF indicator light

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-209

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
STEP 3. Check the passengers air bag OFF indicator light.
(1) It is checked whether the passengers air bag OFF indicator
light is normal (Refer to P.52B-30).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace center panel assembly (Refer to GROUP
52A Instrument Panel Assembly P.52A-3).
STEP 4. Check the harness for open circuit between
SRS-ECU connectorC-126 (terminal No.13) and the center
panel assembly connector C-205 (terminal No.14).
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-126 SRS-ECU connector.
(3) Disconnect the center panel assembly connector C-205.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

(4) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It


should be less than 2 ohms.
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.13) and the
center panel assembly connector C-205 (terminal
No.14)

C-205 Harness side


connector (front view)
C-126
Harness side
connector
(front view)

Q: Does continuity exist?


YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires.
ACA02867BI

TSB Revision

52B-210

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 5. Measure the voltage at the center panel assembly


connector.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect the C-205 center panel assembly connector.
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(4) Ignition switch: ON.
(5) Measure the voltage between the C-205 harness side
connector terminal No. 12 and body ground.
The voltage should measure approximately 12 volts
(battery positive voltage).

C-205 Harness side


connector (front view)

ACA02874 AQ

Q: Is the measured voltage approximately 12 volts (battery


positive voltage)?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the wiring harness between the C-417
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 5 and the C-205
instrument center panel assembly connector terminal
No. 12.
STEP 6. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1489 set?
YES : Replace SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC B1499: Air Bag Deployment Determined by SRS-ECU

CAUTION
If DTC B1499 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This diagnosis code is set after the air bag has
deployed. If this diagnosis code is set before the air
bag has deployed, the cause is probably a malfunction inside the SRS-ECU.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

TSB Revision

52B-211

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1527: Seat Belt Switch (Drivers side) Circuit Open


DTC B1528: Seat Belt Switch (Drivers side) Circuit (Ground Side) Shorted

Seat Belt Switch Circuit

HALL IC

SEAT BELT SWITCH


(DRIVER'S SIDE)

SRS-ECU

ACA02977AB

Connector: C-124

Connector: D-33

D-33 (B)

C-124 (Y)

ACA03080AJ

ACA03077AD
.

CAUTION
If DTC B1527 or B1528 are set in the SRS-ECU,
always diagnose the CAN main bus lines.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


The DTC is set when the seat belt switch (drivers
side) output current is not within the specified range.

CIRCUIT OPERATION

The SRS-ECU determines whether the seat belt is


fastened or not according to the connection location
of the seat belt switch in the seat buckle.

TSB Revision

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of the seat belt switch (drivers side)
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

52B-212

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.
(3) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(4) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(5) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-213

STEP 3. Check the harness short circuit between seat belt


switch (drivers side) connector D-33 and the SRS-ECU
connector C-124.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect the seat belt switch (drivers side) connector
D-33.
(3) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever. After disconnecting
the C-124 SRS-ECU connector, connect it again.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

(4) Measure the resistance between terminal 53, 58 and body


ground (No. B1527 only).
It should be an open circuit.

C-124 Harness side


connector (front view)

ACA02867 BJ

(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.


(6) Ignition switch: ON.
(7) Measure the voltage between terminal 53, 58 and body
ground (No. B1528 only).
Voltage should measure 1 volt or less.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.

C-124 Harness side


connector (front view)

ACA02874 AR

STEP 4. Check the harness wires between SRS-ECU


connector C-124 (terminal No.53 and 58) and the seat belt
switch (drivers side) connector D-33 (terminal No.3 and 4)
(No. B1527 only).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-124 and the seat belt switch (drivers
side) connector D-33. Then go to Step 6.

TSB Revision

52B-214

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 5. Check the harness wires between SRS-ECU


connector C-124 (terminal No.53 and 58) and the seat belt
switch (drivers side) connector D-33 (terminal No.3 and 4).
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-124 SRS-ECU connector.
(3) Disconnect the seat belt switch (drivers side) connector
D-33.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

C-124 SRS-ECU harness side


connector (front view)
D-33 Harness side
connector (rear view)

AC506985EX

CAUTION
Do not insert a probe into the terminal from D-33 harness
side connector front side directly, as the connector contact
pressure may be weakened.
(4) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It
should be less than 2 ohms.
SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal No.53) and the
seat belt switch (drivers side) connector D-33 (terminal
No.3)
SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal No.58) and the
seat belt switch (drivers side) connector D-33 (terminal
No.4)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : go to Step 6.
NO : Repair harness wires between SRS-ECU connector
C-124 and the seat belt switch (drivers side)
connector D-33.
STEP 6. seat belt switch (drivers side) check.
Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Belt P.52A-53
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Replace the seat belt switch (drivers side) (Refer to
GROUP 52A, Front Seat Belt P.52A-52).
STEP 7. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1527 or B1528 set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision

52B-215

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1537: Seat Belt Switch (Passengers side) Circuit Open


DTC B1538: Seat Belt Switch (Passengers side) Circuit (Ground Side) Shorted

Seat Belt Switch Circuit

HALL IC

SEAT BELT SWITCH


(PASSENGER'S SIDE)

SRS-ECU

ACA02978 AB

Connector: C-125

Connector: D-40

C-125 (Y)

D-40 (B)

ACA03080AK

ACA03077AE

CAUTION
If DTC B1537 or B1538 are set in the SRS-ECU,
always diagnose the CAN main bus lines.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


The DTC is set when the seat belt switch output current is not within the specified range.

CIRCUIT OPERATION

The SRS-ECU determines whether the seat belt is


fastened or not according to the connection location
of the seat belt switch in the seat buckle.
.

TSB Revision

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of the seat belt switch (passengers
side)
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

52B-216

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.
(3) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(4) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(5) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-217

STEP 3. Check the harness short circuit between seat belt


switch (passengers side) connector D-40 and the
SRS-ECU connector C-125.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect the seat belt switch (passengers side)
connector D-40.
(3) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-125 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

(4) Measure the resistance between terminal 53, 58 and body


ground (No. B1537 only).
It should be an open circuit.

C-125 Harness side


connector (front view)

ACA02867 BK

(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.


(6) Ignition switch: ON.
(7) Measure the voltage between terminal 33, 38 and body
ground (No. B1538 only).
Voltage should measure 1 volt or less.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.

C-125 Harness side


connector (front view)

ACA02874 AS

STEP 4. Check the harness wires between SRS-ECU


connector C-125 (terminal No.33 and 38) and the seat belt
switch (passengers side) connector D-40 (terminal No.1
and 2) (No. B1537 only).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-125 and the seat belt switch
(passengers side) connector D-40. Then go to Step
6.

TSB Revision

52B-218

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 5. Check the harness wires between SRS-ECU


connector C-125 (terminal No.33 and 38) and the seat belt
switch (passengers side) connector D-40 (terminal No.2
and 1).
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-125 SRS-ECU connector.
(3) Disconnect the seat belt switch (passengers side)
connector D-40.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

C-125 SRS-ECU harness side


connector (front view)

D-40 Harness side


connector (rear view)

AC506985EY

CAUTION
Do not insert a probe into the terminal from D-40 harness
side connector front side directly, as the connector contact
pressure may be weakened.
(4) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It
should be less than 2 ohms.
SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No.33) and the
seat belt switch (passengers side) connector D-40 (terminal No.2)
SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No.38) and the
seat belt switch (passengers side) connector D-40 (terminal No.1)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : go to Step 6.
NO : Repair harness wires between SRS-ECU connector
C-125 and the seat belt switch (passengers side)
connector D-40.
STEP 6. Seat belt switch (passengers side) check.
Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Belt P.52A-53
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Replace the seat belt switch (passengers side)
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Belt P.52A-52).
STEP 7. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1537 or B1538 set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-219

DTC B1556: Drivers Seat Slide Sensor Malfunction (Occupant Classification-ECU)

CAUTION
If DTC B1556 is set in the Occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus
line.

DTC SET CONDITION


This DTC is set if communication between the occupant classification-ECU and the seat slide sensor is
not possible or communication is faulty.

.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of the seat slide sensor
Malfunction of occupant classification-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.00-15."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the occupant
classification-ECU diagnostic trouble code.
Check if the DTC is set to the occupant classification-ECU.
Q: Is DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the occupant classification-ECU.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-220

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1558: OCM (Occupant Classification-ECU) DTC Present


.

CAUTION
If DTC B1558 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
Malfunction of the occupant classification-ECU

DTC SET CONDITION


It is set if a DTC occurs in the occupant classification-ECU.

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check that the DTC is set in the occupant classification-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the occupant classification-ECU (Refer to
P.52B-371). Then go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 3
STEP 3. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to use Troubleshooting/inspection
Service Points P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-221

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1603: Driver's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib) System (Short Circuit Between Squib Circuit
Terminals)

Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (LH) (Squib) Circuit


SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER (LH)

ACA02929 AB

Connector: C-124

Connector: D-28

C-124 (Y)

D-28 (B)
ACA03080AO

ACA03077AD

CAUTION
If DTC B1603 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by
detecting signals from the front impact sensors and
the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the impact is
over a predetermined level, the SRS-ECU sends an
ignition signal. At this time, if the front air bag safing
G-sensor is on, the pre-tensioner will deploy.
.

TSB Revision

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
between the input terminals of the driver's side seat
belt pre-tensioner (squib).
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Improper engaged connector or defective short
spring*
Short circuit between the driver's seat belt
pre-tensioner (squib) circuit terminals
Damaged connector(s)
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

52B-222

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

NOTE: *: The squib circuit connectors integrate a


"short" spring (which prevents the seat belt pre-tensioner from deploying unintentionally due to static
electricity by shorting the positive wire to the ground
wire in the squib circuit when the connectors are disconnected) (Refer to P.52B-3). Therefore, if connector C-124 or D-28 is damaged or improperly
engaged, the short spring may not be released when
the connector is connected.

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2 .
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3 .
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-223

STEP 3. Check SRS-ECU connector C-124 and drivers


seat belt pre-tensioner connector D-28.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever. After disconnecting
the C-124 SRS-ECU connector, connect it again.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

Seat belt pre-tensioner


harness side connector
Locking
button

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904862 AC

(3) Disconnect D-28 driver's seat belt pre-tensioner harness


side connector, and then reconnect it. Use a flat-tipped
screwdriver to pull out the connector locking button toward
the arrow direction, release the lock, and then disconnect
the connector.
(4) Connector the negative battery terminal.
(5) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1603 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : The procedure is complete. It is assumed that DTC
B1603 set because connector C-124 or D-28 was
engaged improperly.

TSB Revision

52B-224

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Check the driver's seat belt pre-tensioner.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever. After disconnecting
the C-124 SRS-ECU connector, connect it again.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

Seat belt pre-tensioner


harness side connector
Locking
button

(3) Disconnect driver's seat belt pre-tensioner connector D-28.


Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at
the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in
two stages, and then disconnect the connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904862 AC

MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3

MB991884
(Resistor harness)

D-28 Harness
side connector
AC301553DC

(4) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991884.


(5) Connect special tool MB991884 to the D-28 harness side
connector.
(6) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(7) Erase diagnostic trouble code memory, and then check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1603 set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the driver's seat with belt pre-tensioner
(Refer to P.52B-401). Then go to Step 7.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-225

STEP 5. Check the drivers seat belt pre-tensioner circuit.


Measure the resistance at the SRS-ECU connector C-124.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-124 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER

To prevent the seat belt pre-tensioner from deploying


unintentionally, disconnect the drivers seat belt
pre-tensioner connector D-28 to short the squib circuit.
Seat belt pre-tensioner
harness side connector
Locking
button

(3) Disconnect driver's seat belt pre-tensioner connector D-28.


Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at
the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in
two stages, and then disconnect the connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904862 AC

C-124 Harness side


connector (front view)
Section
A-A

Terminal

Cable tie

CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 54, 55 and the short spring to
release the short spring.

A
A

4 mm or more

Short spring

AC905468AF

TSB Revision

52B-226

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

(5) Check for continuity between C-124 harness side connector


terminals 54 and 55.
It should be an open circuit.

C-124 Harness side


connector (front view)

Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1603 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 6.
ACA02867AY

STEP 6. Check the harness for short circuit between


SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal No.54 and 55) and
drivers seat belt pre-tensioner connector D-28 (terminal
No.1 and 2).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-124 and drivers seat belt pre-tensioner
connector D-28. Then go to Step 7.
STEP 7. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1603 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision

52B-227

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1604: Driver's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib) System (Squib Circuit Open)

Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (LH) (Squib) Circuit


SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER (LH)

ACA02929 AB

Connector: C-124

Connector: D-28

C-124 (Y)

D-28 (B)
ACA03080AO

ACA03077AD
.

CAUTION
If DTC B1604 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by
detecting signals from the front impact sensors and
the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the impact is
over a predetermined level, the SRS-ECU sends an
ignition signal. At this time, if the front air bag safing
G-sensor is on, the pre-tensioner will deploy.

TSB Revision

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
between the input terminals of the driver's seat belt
pre-tensioner (squib).
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Improper connector contact
Open circuit in the driver's seat belt pre-tensioner
(squib) circuit
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

52B-228

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Seat belt pre-tensioner


harness side connector
Locking
button

52B-229

STEP 3. Check the driver's seat belt pre-tensioner.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect driver's seat belt pre-tensioner connector D-28.
Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at
the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in
two stages, and then disconnect the connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904862 AC

MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3

MB991884
(Resistor harness)

D-28 Harness
side connector
AC301553DC

(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991884.


(4) Connect special tool MB991884 to the D-28 harness side
connector.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase diagnostic trouble code memory, and then check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1604 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the driver's seat belt with pre-tensioner
(Refer to P.52B-401). Then go to Step 5.

TSB Revision

52B-230

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Check the harness for open circuit between


SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal No.54 and 55) and the
driver's seat belt pre-tensioner D-28 (terminal No.1 and 2).
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-124 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER

To prevent the seat belt pre-tensioner from deploying


unintentionally, disconnect the drivers seat belt
pre-tensioner connector D-28 to short the squib circuit.
Seat belt pre-tensioner
harness side connector
Locking
button

(3) Disconnect driver's seat belt pre-tensioner connector D-28.


Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at
the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in
two stages, and then disconnect the connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904862 AC

C-124 Harness side


connector (front view)
Section
A-A

Terminal

Cable tie

CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 54, 55 and the short spring to
release the short spring.

A
A

4 mm or more

Short spring

AC905468AF

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3

MB991884
(Resistor harness)

52B-231

(5) Connect D-28 harness side connector to special tool


MB991884.

D-28 Harness
side connector
AC301553DC

(6) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It


should be less than 2 ohms.
SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal No.54) and the
special tool (terminal No.2)
SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal No.55) and the
special tool (terminal No.1)

Resistor harness side


connector (front view)
C-124 SRS-ECU
harness side
connector (front view)

1
2

AC506985EW

Q: Does continuity exist?


YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and
recheck if any DTC set. If DTC B1604 set, replace the
SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-124 and drivers seat belt pre-tensioner
connector D-28. Then go to Step 5.
STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1604 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision

52B-232

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1605: Driver's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Ground)

Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (LH) (Squib) Circuit


SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER (LH)

ACA02929 AB

Connector: C-124

Connector: D-28

C-124 (Y)

D-28 (B)
ACA03080AO

ACA03077AD
.

CAUTION
If DTC B1605 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by
detecting signals from the front impact sensors and
the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the impact is
over a predetermined level, the SRS-ECU sends an
ignition signal. At this time, if the front air bag safing
G-sensor is on, the pre-tensioner will deploy.

TSB Revision

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
between the input terminals of the driver's seat belt
pre-tensioner (squib).
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Short to the ground in the driver's seat belt
pre-tensioner (squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-233

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-234

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Seat belt pre-tensioner


harness side connector
Locking
button

STEP 3. Check the driver's seat belt pre-tensioner.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect driver's seat belt pre-tensioner connector D-28.
Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at
the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in
two stages, and then disconnect the connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904862 AC

MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3

MB991884
(Resistor harness)

D-28 Harness
side connector
AC301553DC

(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991884.


(4) Connect special tool MB991884 to the D-28 harness side
connector.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1605 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the driver's seat belt with pre-tensioner
(Refer to P.52B-401). Then go to Step 6.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-235

STEP 4. Check the driver's seat belt pre-tensioner circuit.


Measure the resistance at the SRS-ECU connector C-124.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-124 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER

To prevent the seat belt pre-tensioner from deploying


unintentionally, disconnect the drivers seat belt
pre-tensioner connector D-28 to short the squib circuit.
Seat belt pre-tensioner
harness side connector
Locking
button

(3) Disconnect driver's seat belt pre-tensioner connector D-28.


Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at
the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in
two stages, and then disconnect the connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904862 AC

C-124 Harness side


connector (front view)
Section
A-A

Terminal

Cable tie

CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 54, 55 and the short spring to
release the short spring.

A
A

4 mm or more

Short spring

AC905468AF

TSB Revision

52B-236

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

(5) Check for continuity between C-124 harness side connector


terminals 54, 55 and body ground.
It should be an open circuit.

C-124 Harness side


connector (front view)

Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1605 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
ACA02867AX

STEP 5. Check harness wires for short circuit to ground


between SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal No.54 and
55) and driver's seat belt pre-tensioner connector D-28
(terminal No.1 and 2).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-124 and driver's seat belt pre-tensioner
connector D-28. Then go to Step 6.
STEP 6. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1605 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision

52B-237

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1606: Driver's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Power Supply)

Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (LH) (Squib) Circuit


SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER (LH)

ACA02929 AB

Connector: C-124

Connector: D-28

C-124 (Y)

D-28 (B)
ACA03080AO

ACA03077AD
.

CAUTION
If DTC B1606 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by
detecting signals from the front impact sensors and
the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the impact is
over a predetermined level, the SRS-ECU sends an
ignition signal. At this time, if the front air bag safing
G-sensor is on, the pre-tensioner will deploy.

TSB Revision

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
between the input terminals of the driver's seat belt
pre-tensioner (squib).
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Short to the power supply in the driver's seat belt
pre-tensioner (squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

52B-238

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 6.

Seat belt pre-tensioner


harness side connector
Locking
button

STEP 3. Check the driver's seat belt pre-tensioner.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect driver's seat belt pre-tensioner connector D-28.
Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at
the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in
two stages, and then disconnect the connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904862 AC

MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3

MB991884
(Resistor harness)

D-28 Harness
side connector
AC301553DC

(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991884.


(4) Connect special tool MB991884 to the D-28 harness side
connector.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1606 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the driver's seat belt with pre-tensioner
(Refer to P.52B-401). Then go to Step 6.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-239

STEP 4. Check the driver's seat belt pre-tensioner circuit.


Measure the voltage at the SRS-ECU connector C-124.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-124 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

Seat belt pre-tensioner


harness side connector
Locking
button

CAUTION
To prevent the seat belt pre-tensioner from deploying unintentionally, disconnect the drivers seat belt pre-tensioner
connector D-28 to short the squib circuit.
(3) Disconnect driver's seat belt pre-tensioner connector D-28.
Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at
the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in
two stages, and then disconnect the connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904862 AC

C-124 Harness side


connector (front view)
Section
A-A

Terminal

Cable tie
A

CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 54, 55 and the short spring to
release the short spring.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Ignition switch: "ON".

4 mm or more

Short spring

AC905468AF

TSB Revision

52B-240

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

(7) Measure the voltage between C-124 harness side


connector terminals 54, 55 and body ground.
Voltage should measure 1 volt or less.

C-124 Harness side


connector (front view)

Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified range?


YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1606 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
ACA02874 AJ

STEP 5. Check the harness wires for short circuit to power


supply between SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal No.54
and 55) and driver's seat belt pre-tensioner connector D-28
(terminal No.1 and 2).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-124 and driver's seat belt pre-tensioner
connector D-28. Then go to Step 6.
STEP 6. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1606 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-241

DTC B1609: Front Passenger's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib) System (Short Circuit between Squib
Circuit Terminals)

Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (RH) (Squib) Circuit


SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER (RH)

ACA02934 AB

Connector: C-125

Connector: D-03

D-03 (B)

C-125 (Y)

ACA03080AP

ACA03077AE

CAUTION
If DTC B1609 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by
detecting signals from the front impact sensors and
the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the impact is
over a predetermined level, the SRS-ECU sends an
ignition signal. At this time, if the front air bag safing
G-sensor is on, the pre-tensioner will deploy.
.

TSB Revision

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
between the input terminals of the passengers seat
belt pre-tensioner (squib).
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Improper engaged connector or defective short
spring*
Short circuit between the passenger's seat belt
pre-tensioner (squib) circuit terminals
Damaged connector(s)
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

52B-242

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

NOTE: *: The squib circuit connectors integrate a


"short" spring (which prevents the seat belt pre-tensioner from deploying unintentionally due to static
electricity by shorting the positive wire to the ground
wire in the squib circuit when the connectors are disconnected) (Refer to P.52B-3). Therefore, if connector C-125 or D-03 is damaged or improperly
engaged, the short spring may not be released when
the connector is connected.

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-243

STEP 3. Check SRS-ECU connector C-125 and passengers


seat belt pre-tensioner connector D-03.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever. After disconnecting
the C-125 SRS-ECU connector, connect it again.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

Seat belt pre-tensioner


harness side connector
Locking
button

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904862 AC

(3) Disconnect D-03 passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner


harness side connector, and then reconnect it. Use a
flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the connector locking
button toward the arrow direction, release the lock, and
then disconnect the connector.
(4) Connector the negative battery terminal.
(5) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1609 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : The procedure is complete. It is assumed that DTC
B1609 set because connector C-125 or D-03 was
engaged improperly.

TSB Revision

52B-244

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Check the passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever. After disconnecting
the C-125 SRS-ECU connector, connect it again.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

Seat belt pre-tensioner


harness side connector
Locking
button

(3) Disconnect passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner connector


D-03. Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking
button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it
toward you in two stages, and then disconnect the
connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904862 AC

MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3

MB991884
(Resistor harness)

D-03 Harness
side connector
AC301553DD

(4) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991884.


(5) Connect special tool MB991884 to the D-03 harness side
connector.
(6) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(7) Erase diagnostic trouble code memory, and then check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1609 set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the passenger's seat belt with pre-tensioner
(Refer to P.52B-401). Then go to Step 7.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-245

STEP 5. Check the passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner


circuit. Measure the resistance at the SRS-ECU connector
C-125.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-125 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER

To prevent the seat belt pre-tensioner from deploying


unintentionally, disconnect the passengers seat belt
pre-tensioner connector D-03 to short the squib circuit.
Seat belt pre-tensioner
harness side connector
Locking
button

(3) Disconnect passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner connector


D-03. Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking
button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it
toward you in two stages, and then disconnect the
connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904862 AC

C-125 Harness side


connector (front view)
Section
A-A

Cable tie

Terminal
A

CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 31, 32 and the short spring to
release the short spring.

4 mm or more

Short spring

AC905468AG

(5) Check for continuity between C-125 harness side connector


terminals 31 and 32.
It should be an open circuit.

C-125 Harness side


connector (front view)

Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1609 set, replace
the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go to Step
7.
NO : Go to Step 6.
ACA02867AZ

TSB Revision

52B-246

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 6. Check the harness for short circuit between


SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No.31 and 32) and
passengers seat belt pre-tensioner connector D-03
(terminal No.2 and 1).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-125 and passengers seat belt
pre-tensioner connector D-03. Then go to Step 7.
STEP 7. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1609 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

DTC B1C49: Front Passenger's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib) System (Squib Circuit Open)

Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (RH) (Squib) Circuit


SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER (RH)

ACA02934 AB

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
Connector: C-125

52B-247

Connector: D-03

D-03 (B)

C-125 (Y)

ACA03080AP

ACA03077AE
.

CAUTION
If DTC B1C49 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by
detecting signals from the front impact sensors and
the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the impact is
over a predetermined level, the SRS-ECU sends an
ignition signal. At this time, if the front air bag safing
G-sensor is on, the pre-tensioner will deploy.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
between the input terminals of the passenger's seat
belt pre-tensioner (squib).
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Open circuit in the passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner (squib) circuit
Improper connector contact
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision

52B-248

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

Seat belt pre-tensioner


harness side connector
Locking
button

STEP 3. Check the passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner connector
D-03. Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking
button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it
toward you in two stages, and then disconnect the
connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904862 AC

MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3

MB991884
(Resistor harness)

D-03 Harness
side connector
AC301553DD

(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991884.


(4) Connect special tool MB991884 to the D-03 harness side
connector.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase diagnostic trouble code memory, and then check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1C49 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the passenger's seat belt with pre-tensioner
(Refer to P.52B-401). Then go to Step 5.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-249

STEP 4. Check the harness for open circuit between


SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No.31 and 32) and the
passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner connector D-03
(terminal No.2 and 1).
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-125 SRS-ECU connector.

DANGER

To prevent the seat belt pre-tensioner from deploying


unintentionally, disconnect the drivers seat belt
pre-tensioner connector D-03 to short the squib circuit.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

Seat belt pre-tensioner


harness side connector
Locking
button

(3) Disconnect passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner connector


D-03. Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking
button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it
toward you in two stages, and then disconnect the
connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904862 AC

C-125 Harness side


connector (front view)
Section
A-A

Terminal

Cable tie

CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 31, 32 and the short spring to
release the short spring.

4 mm or more

Short spring

AC905468AG

MB991884
(Resistor harness)

(5) Connect D-03 harness side connector to special tool


MB991884.

D-03 Harness
side connector
AC201287 FZ

TSB Revision

52B-250

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

(6) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It


should be less than 2 ohms.
SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No.31) and the
special tool (terminal No.1)
SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No.32) and the
special tool (terminal No.2)

Resistor harness
side connector

C-125 Harness side


connector (front view)

AC608812JU

Q: Does continuity exist?


YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1C49 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-125 passengers seat belt pre-tensioner
connector D-03. Then go to Step 5.
STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1C49 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-251

DTC B1C47: Front Passenger's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (squib) system (shorted to squib circuit
Ground)

Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (RH) (Squib) Circuit


SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER (RH)

ACA02934 AB

Connector: C-125

Connector: D-03

D-03 (B)

C-125 (Y)

ACA03080AP

ACA03077AE
.

CAUTION
If DTC B1C47 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by
detecting signals from the front impact sensors and
the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the impact is
over a predetermined level, the SRS-ECU sends an
ignition signal. At this time, if the front air bag safing
G-sensor is on, the pre-tensioner will deploy.

TSB Revision

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
between the input terminals of the passenger's seat
belt pre-tensioner (squib).
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Short to the ground in the passenger's seat belt
pre-tensioner (squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

52B-252

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Seat belt pre-tensioner


harness side connector
Locking
button

52B-253

STEP 3. Check the passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner connector
D-03. Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking
button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it
toward you in two stages, and then disconnect the
connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904862 AC

MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3

MB991884
(Resistor harness)

D-03 Harness
side connector
AC301553DD

(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991884.


(4) Connect special tool MB991884 to the D-03 harness side
connector.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase diagnostic trouble code memory, and then check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1C47 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the passenger's seat belt with pre-tensioner
(Refer to P.52B-401). Then go to Step 6.

TSB Revision

52B-254

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Check the passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner


circuit. Measure the resistance at the SRS-ECU connector
C-125.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-125 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER

To prevent the seat belt pre-tensioner from deploying


unintentionally, disconnect the passengers seat belt
pre-tensioner connector D-03 to short the squib circuit.
Seat belt pre-tensioner
harness side connector
Locking
button

(3) Disconnect passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner connector


D-03. Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking
button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it
toward you in two stages, and then disconnect the
connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904862 AC

C-125 Harness side


connector (front view)
Section
A-A

Cable tie

Terminal
A

CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 31, 32 and the short spring to
release the short spring.

4 mm or more

Short spring

AC905468AG

(5) Check for continuity between C-125 harness side connector


terminals 31, 32 and body ground.
It should be an open circuit.

C-125 Harness side


connector (front view)

Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1C47 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
ACA02867BA

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-255

STEP 5. Check harness wires for short circuit to ground


between SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No.31 and
32) and passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner connector
D-03 (terminal No.2 and 1).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-125 and passenger's seat belt
pre-tensioner connector D-03. Then go to Step 6.
STEP 6. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1C47 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

DTC B1612: Front Passenger's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit
Power Supply)

Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (RH) (Squib) Circuit


SRS-ECU

CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH

NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF

CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH

SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER (RH)

ACA02934 AB

TSB Revision

52B-256

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Connector: C-125

Connector: D-03

D-03 (B)

C-125 (Y)

ACA03080AP

ACA03077AE
.

CAUTION
If DTC B1612 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by
detecting signals from the front impact sensors and
the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the impact is
over a predetermined level, the SRS-ECU sends an
ignition signal. At this time, if the front air bag safing
G-sensor is on, the pre-tensioner will deploy.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
between the input terminals of the passenger's seat
belt pre-tensioner (squib).
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Short to the power supply in the passenger's seat
belt pre-tensioner (squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-257

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

Seat belt pre-tensioner


harness side connector
Locking
button

STEP 3. Check the passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner connector
D-03. Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking
button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it
toward you in two stages, and then disconnect the
connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904862 AC

MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3

MB991884
(Resistor harness)

D-03 Harness
side connector
AC301553DD

(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991884.


(4) Connect special tool MB991884 to the D-03 harness side
connector.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase diagnostic trouble code memory, and then check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1612 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the passenger's seat belt with pre-tensioner
(Refer to P.52B-401). Then go to Step 6.

TSB Revision

52B-258

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Check the passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner


circuit. Measure the voltage at the SRS-ECU connector
C-125.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-125 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER

To prevent the seat belt pre-tensioner from deploying


unintentionally, disconnect the passengers seat belt
pre-tensioner connector D-03 to short the squib circuit.
Seat belt pre-tensioner
harness side connector
Locking
button

(3) Disconnect passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner connector


D-03. Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking
button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it
toward you in two stages, and then disconnect the
connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904862 AC

C-125 Harness side


connector (front view)
Section
A-A

Cable tie

Terminal
A

4 mm or more

Short spring

CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 31, 32 and the short spring to
release the short spring.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Ignition switch: "ON".

AC905468AG

(7) Measure the voltage between C-125 harness side


connector terminals 31, 32 and body ground.
Voltage should measure 1 volt or less.

C-125 Harness side


connector (front view)

Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified range?


YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1612 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
ACA02874 AK

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-259

STEP 5. Check the harness wires for short circuit to power


supply between SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No.31
and 32) and passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner connector
D-03 (terminal No.2 and 1).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-125 and passenger's seat belt
pre-tensioner connector D-03. Then go to Step 6.
STEP 6. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1612 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

DTC B1617: Roll Over Sensor Malfunction

CAUTION
If DTCs is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose
the CAN main bus line.
.

TROUBLE JUDGMENT
The above DTC is set if an abnormality is detected in the circuit
inside the SRS-ECU.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

TSB Revision

52B-260

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line. (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(2) Check if the DTC is set.
(3) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC output regardless of "Active" or "Stored"
faults?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-261

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1631: Driver's Knee Air Bag (Squib) System (Short Circuit Between Squib Circuit Terminals)

Knee Air Bag Module (Squib) Circuit


SRS-ECU

NOTE

: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH


CONNECTOR COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED: OFF

DRIVER'S KNEE AIR BAG


MODULE (SQUIB)

ACA02938 AB

Connector: C-126

Connector: C-223

C-126 (Y)

C-223 (B)
ACA03076 AC

ACA03077AB
.

CAUTION
If DTC B1631 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by
detecting signals from the front impact sensors and
the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the impact is
over a predetermined level, the SRS-ECU sends an
ignition signal. At this time, if the front air bag safing
G-sensor is on, the knee air bag module will deploy.

TSB Revision

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
between the input terminals of the knee air bag module (squib).
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Improper engaged connector or defective short
spring*
Short circuit between the knee air bag module
(squib) circuit terminals
Damaged connector(s)

52B-262

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

NOTE: *: The squib circuit connectors integrate a


"short" spring (which prevents the knee air bag module from deploying unintentionally due to static electricity by shorting the positive wire to the ground wire
in the squib circuit when the connectors are disconnected) (Refer to P.52B-3). Therefore, if connector
C-126 or C-223 is damaged or improperly engaged,
the short spring may not be released when the connector is connected.

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2 .
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3 .
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-263

STEP 3. Check SRS-ECU connector C-126 and Knee air


bag module connector C-223.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever. After disconnecting
the C-126 SRS-ECU connector, connect it again.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

Harness side
connector

Locking button

Pre-tensioner

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC609126AC

Harness side
connector

Locking button

Pre-tensioner

(3) Disconnect C-223 driver's knee air bag module harness


side connector, and then reconnect it. Use a flat-tipped
screwdriver to pull out the connector locking button toward
the arrow direction, release the lock, and then disconnect
the connector.
(4) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(5) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1631 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : The procedure is complete. It is assumed that DTC
B1631 set because connector C-126 or C-223 was
engaged improperly.
STEP 4. Check the knee air bag module.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect knee air bag module connector C-223. Use a
flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the
harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two
stages, and then disconnect the connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC609126AC

MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3

C-223 Harness side


connector

MB991884
(Resistor harness)

AC301553DG

(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991884.


(4) Connect the resistor harness to the C-223 harness side
connector.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase diagnostic trouble code memory, and then check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1C36 set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the drivers knee air bag module (Refer to
P.52B-386. Then go to Step 7.

TSB Revision

52B-264

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 5. Check the knee air bag module circuit. Measure


the resistance at the SRS-ECU connector C-126.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-126 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER

To prevent the knee air bag module from deploying


unintentionally, disconnect the knee air bag module
connector C-223 to short the squib circuit.
Harness side
connector

Locking button

Pre-tensioner

(3) Disconnect knee air bag module connector C-223. Use a


flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the
harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two
stages, and then disconnect the connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC609126AC

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)
Terminal
Section
A-A

Cable tie
A

CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 1, 2 and the short spring to release
the short spring.

4 mm or more

Short spring

AC905150 AF

(5) Check for continuity between C-126 harness side connector


terminals 1 and 2.
It should be an open circuit.

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)

Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1631 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 6.
ACA02867BB

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-265

STEP 6. Check the harness for short circuit between


SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.1 and 2) and knee
air bag module connector C-223 (terminal No.1 and 2).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-126 and knee air bag module connector
C-223. Then go to Step 7.
STEP 7. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1C36 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

DTC B1632: Driver's Knee Air Bag (Squib) System (Squib Circuit Open)

Knee Air Bag Module (Squib) Circuit


SRS-ECU

NOTE

: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH


CONNECTOR COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED: OFF

DRIVER'S KNEE AIR BAG


MODULE (SQUIB)

ACA02938 AB

TSB Revision

52B-266

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Connector: C-126

Connector: C-223

C-126 (Y)

C-223 (B)
ACA03076 AC

ACA03077AB
.

CAUTION
If DTC B1632 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by
detecting signals from the front impact sensors and
the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the impact is
over a predetermined level, the SRS-ECU sends an
ignition signal. At this time, if the front air bag safing
G-sensor is on, the knee air bag module will deploy.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
between the input terminals of the knee air bag module (squib).
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Improper connector contact
Open circuit in the knee air bag module (squib)
circuit
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-267

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

Harness side
connector

Locking button

Pre-tensioner

STEP 3. Check the knee air bag module.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect knee air bag module connector C-223. Use a
flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the
harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two
stages, and then disconnect the connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC609126AC

MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3

C-223 Harness side


connector

MB991884
(Resistor harness)

AC301553DG

(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991884.


(4) Connect special tool MB991884 to the C-223 harness side
connector.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase diagnostic trouble code memory, and then check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1632 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the driver's knee air bag module (Refer to
P.52B-386). Then go to Step 5.

TSB Revision

52B-268

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Check the harness for open circuit between


SRS-ECU connector C-126 and the knee air bag module
C-223.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-126 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER

To prevent the knee air bag module from deploying


unintentionally, disconnect the knee air bag module
connector C-223 to short the squib circuit.
Harness side
connector

Locking button

Pre-tensioner

(3) Disconnect knee air bag module connector C-223. Use a


flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the
harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two
stages, and then disconnect the connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC609126AC

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)
Terminal
Section
A-A

Cable tie
A

CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 1, 2 and the short spring to release
the short spring.

4 mm or more

Short spring

AC905150 AF

MB991884
(Resistor harness)

C-223
Harness side
connector

(5) Connect C-223 harness side connector to special tool


MB991884.

AC201287 GB

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-269

(6) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It


should be less than 2 ohms.
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.1) and the special tool (terminal No.2)
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.2) and the special tool (terminal No.1)

Resistor harness
side connector

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)

ACA02867BC

Q: Does continuity exist?


YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and
recheck if any DTC set. If DTC B1632 set, replace the
SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-126 and knee air bag module connector
C-223. Then go to Step 5.
STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1632 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

DTC B1633: Driver's Knee Air Bag (Squib) System (Shorted To Squib Circuit Ground)

Knee Air Bag Module (Squib) Circuit


SRS-ECU

NOTE

: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH


CONNECTOR COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED: OFF

DRIVER'S KNEE AIR BAG


MODULE (SQUIB)

ACA02938 AB

TSB Revision

52B-270

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Connector: C-126

Connector: C-223

C-126 (Y)

C-223 (B)
ACA03076 AC

ACA03077AB
.

CAUTION
If DTC B1633 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by
detecting signals from the front impact sensors and
the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the impact is
over a predetermined level, the SRS-ECU sends an
ignition signal. At this time, if the front air bag safing
G-sensor is on, the knee air bag module will deploy.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
between the input terminals of the knee air bag module (squib).
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Short to the ground in the knee air bag module
(squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-271

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

Harness side
connector

Locking button

Pre-tensioner

STEP 3. Check the Knee air bag module.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect knee air bag module connector C-223. Use a
flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the
harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two
stages, and then disconnect the connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC609126AC

MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3

C-223 Harness side


connector

MB991884
(Resistor harness)

AC301553DK

(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991884.


(4) Connect special tool MB991884 to the C-223 harness side
connector.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1633 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the drivers knee air bag module (Refer to
P.52B-386). Then go to Step 6.

TSB Revision

52B-272

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Check the knee air bag module circuit. Measure


the resistance at the SRS-ECU connector C-126.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-126 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER

To prevent the knee air bag module from deploying


unintentionally, disconnect the knee air bag module
connector C-223 to short the squib circuit.
Harness side
connector

Locking button

Pre-tensioner

(3) Disconnect knee air bag module connector C-223. Use a


flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the
harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two
stages, and then disconnect the connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC609126AC

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)
Terminal
Section
A-A

Cable tie
A

CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 1, 2 and the short spring to release
the short spring.

4 mm or more

Short spring

AC905150 AF

(5) Check for continuity between C-126 harness side connector


terminals 1, 2 and body ground.
It should be an open circuit.

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)

Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1633 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
ACA02867BD

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-273

STEP 5. Check harness wires for short circuit to ground


between SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.1 and 2)
and knee air bag module connector C-223 (terminal No.1
and 2).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-126 and knee air bag module connector
C-223. Then go to Step 6.
STEP 6. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1633 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

DTC B1634: Driver's Knee Air Bag (Squib) System (Shorted To Squib Circuit Power Supply)

Knee Air Bag Module (Squib) Circuit


SRS-ECU

NOTE

: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH


CONNECTOR COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED: OFF

DRIVER'S KNEE AIR BAG


MODULE (SQUIB)

ACA02938 AB

TSB Revision

52B-274

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Connector: C-126

Connector: C-223

C-126 (Y)

C-223 (B)
ACA03076 AC

ACA03077AB
.

CAUTION
If DTC B1B11 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by
detecting signals from the front impact sensors and
the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the impact is
over a predetermined level, the SRS-ECU sends an
ignition signal. At this time, if the front air bag safing
G-sensor is on, the knee air bag module will deploy.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
between the input terminals of the knee air bag module (squib).
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Short to power supply in the knee air bag module
(squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-275

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

Harness side
connector

Locking button

Pre-tensioner

STEP 3. Check the knee air bag module.


(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect knee air bag module connector C-223. Use a
flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the
harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two
stages, and then disconnect the connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC609126AC

MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3

C-223 Harness side


connector

MB991884
(Resistor harness)

AC301553DK

(3) Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991884.


(4) Connect special tool MB991884 to the C-223 harness side
connector.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1634 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the drivers knee air bag module (Refer to
P.52B-386). Then go to Step 6.

TSB Revision

52B-276

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Check the knee air bag module circuit. Measure


the voltage at the SRS-ECU connector C-126.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-126 SRS-ECU connector.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

DANGER

To prevent the knee air bag module from deploying


unintentionally, disconnect the knee air bag module
connector C-223 to short the squib circuit.
Harness side
connector

Locking button

Pre-tensioner

(3) Disconnect knee air bag module connector C-223. Use a


flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the
harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two
stages, and then disconnect the connector.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC609126AC

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)
Terminal
Section
A-A

Cable tie
A

4 mm or more

Short spring

CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 1, 2 and the short spring to release
the short spring.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Ignition switch: ON.

AC905150 AF

(7) Measure the voltage between C-126 harness side


connector terminals 1, 2 and body ground.
Voltage should measure 1 volt or less.

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)

Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified range?


YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1B11 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
ACA02874 AL

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-277

STEP 5. Check the harness wires for short circuit to power


supply between SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.1
and 2) and knee air bag module connector C-223 (terminal
No.1 and 2).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-126 and knee air bag module connector
C-223. Then go to Step 6.
STEP 6. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1634 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.

DTC B1699: SRS-ECU collective deployment


.

CAUTION
If DTC B1699 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of the CAN bus line
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

TROUBLE JUDGMENT
This DTC is set when the air bags have deployed
simultaneously. If this DTC is set before the air bags
have deployed, an internal failure may have occurred
in the SRS-ECU.

DTC B2206: Chassis No. mismatch


.

CAUTION
If the DTC B2206 is set to SRS-ECU, be sure to
diagnose the CAN bus line.
.

DTC SET CONDITION


If the registered chassis number is different from the
chassis number transmitted on the CAN bus lines,
the SRS-ECU sets the DTC B2206. DTC B2206 will
also be set when the SRS-ECU that has been
removed from another vehicle is installed.

TSB Revision

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Chassis number not written
Installation of SRS-ECU removed from another
vehicle
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
Malfunction of engine-ECU
Malfunction of CAN bus line

52B-278

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B222C: Coding Data not Written


.

CAUTION
If DTC B222C is set, diagnose the CAN bus lines.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of SRS-ECU

DTC SET CONDITION


If the SRS-ECU is in the initial state or the local coding is incomplete, the SRS-ECU sets DTC B222C.

DTC B223B: Defective Coding Data

CAUTION
If DTC B223B is set to SRS-ECU, be sure to diagnose the CAN bus line.
.

FUNCTION
The SRS-ECU will set DTC B223B when component(s) other than those coded in the ECU is connected to the ECU.

TROUBLE JUDGEMENT
This code will be set when the coded components do
not correspond to the vehicle specification.(the components to be checked are squib, impact sensor and
passenger's airbag cutoff switch).Furthermore, this
code will also be set when the front and side impact
sensors are interchanged.
.

PROBABLE CAUSES

SRS-ECU incorrectly installed


Squib specification mismatch
Impact sensor improperly installed
Passenger's airbag cut off switch improperly
installed
Front and side impact sensors interchanged

DTC U0019: Bus Off (CAN-B)


.

CAUTION
If the DTC U0019 is set, be sure to diagnose
the CAN main bus line.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.

JUDGMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
SRS-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal
data transmission, SRS-ECU determines that an
abnormality is present.

DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION

If the CAN-B circuit malfunction occurs, the


SRS-ECU sets the DTC U0019.

TSB Revision

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
The CAN bus line may be defective

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-279

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
(1) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(2) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(3) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2 .
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC U0141: ETACS CAN Timeout

CAUTION
If the DTC U0141 is set, be sure to diagnose
the CAN main bus line.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.

JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
SRS-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal
data transmission, SRS-ECU determines that an
abnormality is present.

DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION

If the signal from ETACS-ECU cannot be received,


the SRS-ECU sets the DTC U0141.
.

TSB Revision

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
The CAN bus line may be defective
The ETACS-ECU may be defective
The SRS-ECU may be defective

52B-280

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the ETACS-ECU
diagnostic trouble code
Check again if the DTC is set to the ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the ETACS-ECU. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic
trouble code No. U0141 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0141 is set in occupant classification-ECU,
combination meter, A/C-ECU, KOS-ECU or WCM, CAN box
unit, radio and CD player, satellite radio tuner, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU (Refer to GROUP 54A,
ETACS ETACS-ECU P.54A-768).
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to use Troubleshooting/inspection
Service Points P.00-15).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-281

DTC U0154: Occupant Classification-ECU CAN Timeout

CAUTION
If the DTC U0154 is set, be sure to diagnose
the CAN main bus line.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.

JUDGMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
SRS-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal
data transmission, SRS-ECU determines that an
abnormality is present.

DTC SET CONDITION

When the signals from occupant classification-ECU


cannot be received, the SRS-ECU sets the DTC
U0154.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
The CAN bus line may be defective
The occupant classification-ECU may be defective
The SRS-ECU may be defective

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line. (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the occupant
classification-ECU diagnostic trouble code.
Check if the DTC is set to the occupant classification-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC 5 set?
YES : Carry out troubleshooting of the occupant
classification-ECU or the occupant classification
sensor system (Refer to P.52B-292). Then go to Step
4.
NO : Go to Step 3.

TSB Revision

52B-282

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic


trouble code No. U0154 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0154 is set in ETACS-ECU, combination
meter, A/C-ECU, KOS-ECU or WCM, radio and CD player, satellite radio tuner, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to use Troubleshooting/inspection
Service Points P.00-15).

DTC U0155: Combination Meter CAN Timeout

CAUTION
If the DTC U0155 is set, be sure to diagnose
the CAN main bus line.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.

JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
SRS-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal
data transmission, SRS-ECU determines that an
abnormality is present.

TROUBLE JUDGEMENT

If the signal from combination meter cannot be


received, the SRS-ECU sets the DTC U0155.
.

TSB Revision

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
The CAN bus line may be defective
The combination meter may be defective
The SRS-ECU may be defective

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-283

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the combination
meter diagnostic trouble code
Check if DTC is set to the combination meter.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the combination meter. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic
trouble code No. U0155 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0155 is set in ETACS-ECU, occupant classification-ECU, A/C-ECU, KOS-ECU or WCM, CAN box unit,
radio and CD player, satellite radio tuner, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the combination meter (Refer to GROUP
54A, Combination Meter P.54A-122).
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to use Troubleshooting/inspection
Service Points P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-284

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC U0164: A/C-ECU CAN Timeout

CAUTION
If the DTC U0164 is set, be sure to diagnose
the CAN main bus line.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.

JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
SRS-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal
data transmission, SRS-ECU determines that an
abnormality is present.

DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION

If the signal from A/C-ECU cannot be received, the


SRS-ECU sets the DTC U0164.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
The CAN bus line may be defective
The A/C-ECU may be defective
The SRS-ECU may be defective

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III) P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the A/C
diagnostic trouble code
Check if DTC is set to the A/C-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the A/C. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic
trouble code No. U0164 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0164 is set in ETACS-ECU, occupant classification-ECU, combination meter, KOS-ECU or WCM, CAN
box unit, radio and CD player, satellite radio tuner, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the A/C-ECU (Refer to GROUP 55A,
A/C-ECU P.55A-116).
NO : Go to Step 4.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-285

STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to use Troubleshooting/inspection
Service Points P.00-15).

DTC U0168: U0168 KOS/WCM CAN Timeout

CAUTION
If DTC U0168 is set, be sure to diagnose the
CAN bus line.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.

JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
SRS-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal
data transmission, SRS-ECU determines that an
abnormality is present.

DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION

If the signal from KOS-ECU or WCM cannot be


received, the SRS-ECU sets the DTC U0168.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS

Malfunction of CAN bus line may be defective.


Malfunction of the KOS-ECU may be defective.
Malfunction of the WCM may be defective.
Malfunction of SRS-ECU may be defective.

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III) P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision

52B-286

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the KOS-ECU or


WCM diagnostic trouble code
Check again if the DTC is set to the KOS-ECU or WCM.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the KOS or WCM. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic
trouble code No. U0168 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0168 is set in ETACS-ECU, occupant classification-ECU, combination meter, A/C-ECU, CAN box unit,
radio and CD player, satellite radio tuner, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the KOS -ECU (Refer to GROUP 42B,
KOS-ECU P.42B-218) or WCM (Refer to GROUP
42C, WCM P.42C-93).
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to use Troubleshooting/inspection
Service Points P.00-15).

DTC U0184: Audio CAN Timeout

CAUTION
If the DTC U0184 is set, be sure to diagnose
the CAN main bus line.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.

JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
SRS-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal
data transmission, SRS-ECU determines that an
abnormality is present.

DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION

When the signals from radio and CD player or CD


changer cannot be received, the SRS-ECU sets the
DTC U0184.
.

TSB Revision

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
The CAN bus line may be defective
The radio and CD player or CD changer may be
defective
The SRS-ECU may be defective

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-287

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the audio
diagnostic trouble code
Check if the DTC is set to the audio.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the radio and CD player. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic
trouble code No. U0184 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0184 is set in ETACS-ECU, occupant classification-ECU, combination meter, A/C-ECU, KOS-ECU or
WCM, radio and CD player, satellite radio tuner, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the radio and CD player (Refer to GROUP
54A, Radio and CD player P.54A-399).
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to use Troubleshooting/inspection
Service Points P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-288

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC U0195: Satellite Radio Tuner CAN Timeout

CAUTION
If the DTC U0195 is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main
bus lines.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.

JUDGMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
occupant classification-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal data transmission, occupant classification-ECU determines that an abnormality is
present.

TROUBLE JUDGMENT

If the signal from satellite radio tuner cannot be


received, the occupant classification-ECU sets the
DTC U0195.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
The CAN bus may be defective.
The satellite radio tuner may be defective.
The occupant classification-ECU may be defective.

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the satellite radio
tuner diagnostic trouble code.
Check if DTC is set to the satellite radio tuner.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the satellite radio tuner. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic
trouble code No. U0195 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0195 is set in ETACS-ECU, occupant classification-ECU, combination meter, KOS-ECU or WCM,
A/C-ECU, CAN box unit, radio and CD player, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the satellite radio tuner (Refer to GROUP
54A, Satellite Radio Tuner P.54A-641).
NO : Go to Step 4.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-289

STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classification-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC U0245: MMCS CAN Timeout

CAUTION
If the DTC U0245 is set, diagnose the CAN bus
lines.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the SRS circuit is normal.

JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
SRS-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal
data transmission, SRS-ECU determines that an
abnormality is present.

DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION

If the signal from ETACS-ECU cannot be received,


the SRS-ECU sets the diagnosis code No. U0245.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of CAN bus line
Malfunction of SRS-ECU
Malfunction of the audio visual navigation unit

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision

52B-290

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the audio


diagnostic trouble code
Check if the DTC is set to the audio.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the MMCS. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic
trouble code No. U0245 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0245 is set in ETACS-ECU, occupant classification-ECU, combination meter, A/C-ECU, KOS-ECU or
WCM, radio and CD player, satellite radio tuner, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the MMCS (Refer to GROUP 54A,
P.54A-507).
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to use Troubleshooting/inspection
Service Points P.00-15).

DTC U1000: OSS-ECU CAN Timeout


.

CAUTION
If the DTC U1000 is set, diagnose the CAN bus
lines.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the SRS circuit is normal.

JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
SRS-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal
data transmission, SRS-ECU determines that an
abnormality is present.

DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION

If the signal from combination meter cannot be


received, the SRS-ECU sets the diagnosis code No.
U1000.

TSB Revision

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of CAN bus line
Malfunction of SRS-ECU
Malfunction of the OSS-ECU

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-291

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the OSS-ECU
diagnostic trouble code
Check if the DTC is set to the OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the OSS. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic
trouble code No. U1000 for other system.
Check if the DTC U1000 is set in ETACS-ECU, occupant classification-ECU, combination meter, A/C-ECU, KOS-ECU or
WCM, CAN box unit, radio and CD player, satellite radio tuner.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the OSS-ECU (Refer to GROUP 42B,
P.42B-224).
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to use Troubleshooting/inspection
Service Points P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-292

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART


<Occupant classification-ECU>
CAUTION
During diagnosis, a DTC code associated with
another system may be set when the ignition
switch is turned on with connector(s) disconnected. After completing the repair, confirm all
systems for DTC code(s). If DTC code(s) are set,
erase them all.
Inspect according to the inspection chart that is
appropriate for the DTC.
Diagnostic trouble
Inspection item
Code No.

M1524003302427

Reference page

B1B78

Passenger seat weight sensor (front: LH) performance

B1B79

Passenger seat weight sensor (ground side) short-circuited P.52B-297


(front: LH)

B1B7A

Passenger seat weight sensor (power supply side)


short-circuited or open (front: LH)

P.52B-300

B1B7D

Passenger seat weight sensor (front: RH) performance

P.52B-294

B1B7E

Passenger seat weight sensor (ground side) short-circuited P.52B-297


(front: RH)

B1B7F

Passenger seat weight sensor (power supply side)


short-circuited or open (front: RH)

P.52B-300

B1B82

Passenger seat weight sensor (rear: LH) performance

P.52B-294

B1B83

Passenger seat weight sensor (ground side) short-circuited P.52B-297


(rear: LH)

B1B84

Passenger seat weight sensor (power supply side)


short-circuited or open (rear: LH)

P.52B-300

B1B87

Passenger seat weight sensor (rear: RH) performance

P.52B-294

B1B88

Passenger seat weight sensor (ground side) short-circuited P.52B-297


(rear: RH)

B1B89

Passenger seat weight sensor (power supply side)


short-circuited or open (rear: RH)

P.52B-300

B1B8C

Driver seat slide sensor circuit performance

P.52B-304

B1B8D

Driver seat slide sensor open circuit

P.52B-308

B1B8E

Driver seat slide sensor (power supply side) short circuit

P.52B-312

B1B91

Driver seat slide sensor configuration mismatch

P.52B-315

B1BA7

Occupant classification system verification required

P.52B-300

B1BA8

Occupant classification-ECU out of calibration/Not


calibrated

P.52B-317

B1BBA

Passenger seat weight sensor power supply circuit

P.52B-319

B1BBC

Occupant classification system negative system weight

P.52B-320

B1BBD

Occupant classification -ECU current configuration table


unprogrammed

P.52B-322

TSB Revision

P.52B-294

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-293

Diagnostic trouble
Code No.

Inspection item

Reference page

B1C23

Passenger seat weight sensor (front: LH) configuration


mismatch

P.52B-323

B1C24

Passenger seat weight sensor (front: RH) configuration


mismatch

P.52B-323

B1C25

Passenger seat weight sensor (rear: LH) configuration


mismatch

P.52B-323

B1C26

Passenger seat weight sensor (rear: RH) configuration


mismatch

P.52B-323

B1CB2

Occupant classification-ECU parameter table incompatible

P.52B-324

B210D

Battery voltage low

P.52B-325

B210E

Battery voltage high

P.52B-325

B2206

Chassis number does not match

P.52B-329

B2212

Occupant classification-ECU internal failure

P.52B-324

B2250

Occupant classification-ECU not programmed/flash


required

P.52B-324

B2262

Occupant classification-ECU electrostatic discharge event


detected

P.52B-324

U0020

CAN-B Bus off performance

P.52B-330

U0021

CAN-B Bus(H1) circuit open

P.52B-330

U0022

CAN-B Bus(H1) shorted to circuit ground

P.52B-330

U0023

CAN-B Bus(H1) shorted to circuit power supply

P.52B-330

U0024

CAN-B Bus(L0) circuit open

P.52B-330

U0025

CAN-B Bus(L0) shorted to circuit ground

P.52B-330

U0026

CAN-B Bus(L0) shorted to circuit power supply

P.52B-330

U0141

ETACS CAN timeout

P.52B-331

U0151

SRS-ECU CAN timeout

P.52B-333

U0155

Combination meter CAN timeout

P.52B-334

U0164

A/C-ECU CAN timeout

P.52B-335

U0168

KOS-ECU or WCM CAN timeout

P.52B-337

U0184

Audio CAN timeout

P.52B-338

U0195

Satellite radio tuner CAN timeout

P.52B-340

U0245

Audio visual navigation unit CAN timeout

P.52B-341

U1000

OSS-ECU CAN timeout

P.52B-342

U1419

The signal from a weight sensor (front: LH) is unusual

P.52B-344

U141A

The signal from a weight sensor (front: RH) is unusual

P.52B-344

U141B

The signal from a weight sensor (rear: LH) is unusual

P.52B-344

U141C

The signal from a weight sensor (rear: RH) is unusual

P.52B-344

U1423

The signal from a weight sensor is unusual

P.52B-344

TSB Revision

52B-294

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE PROCEDURES <OCCUPANT


CLASSIFICATION-ECU>

DTC B1B78: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (front: LH) Performance


DTC B1B7D: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (front: RH) Performance
DTC B1B82: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (rear: LH) Performance
DTC B1B87: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (rear: RH) Performance

FRONT SEAT
ASSEMBLY (RH)
WEIGHT SENSOR
(FRONT: LH)

WEIGHT SENSOR
(FRONT: RH)

OCCUPANT
CLASSIFICATIONECU

WEIGHT SENSOR
(REAR: LH)

WEIGHT SENSOR
(REAR: RH)

ACA02984 AB

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

CIRCUIT OPERATION

Connectors: D-48-1, D-48-3, D-48-4, D-48-5,


D-48-6

The load data from the weight sensor is classified


with the occupant classification-ECU, and its classified information is send to SRS-ECU by CAN bus
line. The SRS-ECU determines the air bag deployment based on this classified information, and controls the power supply circuit to the inflator.

D-48-5

D-48-6
D-48-4

D-48-2
D-48-1

52B-295

D-48-3
.

DTC SET CONDITIONS

ACA03524 AC

CAUTION
If DTC B1B78, B1B7D, B1B82 or B1B87 is set in
the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus lines.
.

This DTC is set if the weight sensor output voltage is


out of the range (guideline: 1 to 3.5 V).
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
The weight sensor may be defective.
Occupant classification-ECU may be defective.
The wiring harness or connectors may have
loose, corroded, or damaged terminals, or terminals pushed back in the connector

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-296

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 3. Check occupant classification-ECU connector


D-48-1 and weight sensor connector D-48-3, D-48-4, D-48-5
or D-48-6 for loose, corroded or damaged terminals, or
terminals pushed back in the connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the component(s) (Refer to GROUP 00E,
Harness Connector Inspection P.00E-2).
STEP 4. Check the wiring harness between occupant
classification-ECU connector D-48-1 (terminal 3, 5, 7, and
9) and weight sensors D-48-3, D-48-4, D-48-5, and D-48-6
(terminal 3).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : The wiring harness may be damaged or the
connector(s) may have loose, corroded or damaged
terminals, or terminals pushed back in the connector.
Repair the wiring harness as necessary.
STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classification-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-297

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1B79: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (ground side) Short-circuited (front: LH)
DTC B1B7E: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (ground side) Short-circuited (front: RH)
DTC B1B83: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (ground side) Short-circuited (rear: LH)
DTC B1B88: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (ground side) Short-circuited (rear: RH)

FRONT SEAT
ASSEMBLY (RH)
WEIGHT SENSOR
(FRONT: LH)

WEIGHT SENSOR
(FRONT: RH)

OCCUPANT
CLASSIFICATIONECU

WEIGHT SENSOR
(REAR: LH)

WEIGHT SENSOR
(REAR: RH)

ACA02984 AB

TSB Revision

52B-298

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

CIRCUIT OPERATION

Connector: D-48-1

The load data from the weight sensor is classified


with the occupant classification-ECU, and its classified information is send to SRS-ECU by CAN bus
line. The SRS-ECU determines the air bag deployment based on this classified information, and controls the power supply circuit to the inflator.
.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


ACA03524 AD

CAUTION
If DTC B1B79, B1B7E, B1B83 or B1B88 is set in
the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus lines.
.

This DTC is see if the weight sensor wire are


short-circuited to the ground.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS

Disengaged wire harnesses or connector


Short to the ground in the weight sensor harness
Malfunction of the weight sensor
Malfunction of the occupant classification-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-299

STEP 3. Measure the resistance at occupant


classification-ECU connector D-48-1.
(1) Disconnect the connector D-48-1.
(2) Disconnect weight sensor connector D-48-3, D-48-4,
D-48-5 or D-48-6.
(3) Check for continuity between D-48-1 harness side
connector terminals 1, 3, 5, 7, 9 and body ground.
It should be open circuit.

D-48-1 Harness side


connector (front view)

AC608812JW

Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair the wiring harness between occupant
classification-ECU connector D-48-1 terminals 3, 5, 9,
7 and weight sensor connector D-48-3, 4, 5, 6
terminals 3 (signal line) or occupant
classification-ECU connector D-48-1 terminals 1 and
weight sensor connector D-48-3 terminals 2 (power
supply line). Then go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTCs B1B79, B1B7E, B1B83, B1B88 set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-300

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1B7A: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (power supply side) Short-circuited or Open (front: LH)
DTC B1B7F: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (power supply side) Short-circuited or Open (front: RH)
DTC B1B84: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (power supply side) Short-circuited or Open (rear: LH)
DTC B1B89: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (power supply side) Short-circuited or Open (rear: RH)

FRONT SEAT
ASSEMBLY (RH)
WEIGHT SENSOR
(FRONT: LH)

WEIGHT SENSOR
(FRONT: RH)

OCCUPANT
CLASSIFICATIONECU

WEIGHT SENSOR
(REAR: LH)

WEIGHT SENSOR
(REAR: RH)

ACA02984 AB

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

CIRCUIT OPERATION

Connectors: D-48-1, D-48-3, D-48-4, D-48-5,


D-48-6

The load data from the weight sensor is classified


with the occupant classification-ECU, and its classified information is send to SRS-ECU by CAN bus
line. The SRS-ECU determines the air bag deployment based on this classified information, and controls the power supply circuit to the inflator.

D-48-5

D-48-6
D-48-4

D-48-2
D-48-1

52B-301

D-48-3
.

DTC SET CONDITIONS

ACA03524 AC

CAUTION
If DTC B1B7A, B1B7F, B1B84 or B1B89 is set in
the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus lines.

This DTC is set if the weight sensor wire are


short-circuited to the power supply.
This DTC is set if the weight sensor wire are open
circuit

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS

Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors


Short to the power supply in the weight sensor harness
Open circuit in the weight sensor harness
Malfunction of the weight sensor
Malfunction of the occupant classification-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision

52B-302

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTCs set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
STEP 3. Measure the voltage at occupant
classification-ECU connector D-48-1.
(1) Disconnect the connector D-48-1.
(2) Disconnect weight sensor connector D-48-3, D-48-4,
D-48-5 or D-48-6.
(3) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(4) Measure the voltage between terminals 1, 3, 5, 7, 9 and
body ground.
Voltage should measure 1 volt or less.

D-48-1 Harness side


connector (front view)

AC608813 CO

Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified range?


YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair the wiring harness between occupant
classification-ECU connector D-48-1 terminals 3, 5, 9,
7 and weight sensor connector D-48-3, 4, 5, 6
terminals 3 (signal line) or occupant
classification-ECU connector D-48-1 terminals 1 and
weight sensor connector D-48-3 terminals 2 (power
supply line). Then go to Step 4.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

D-48-1 Harness side


connector (front view)

D-48-3, D-48-4,
D-48-5, D-48-6
Harness side
connector
(front view)

AC608812 JZ

D-48-1 Harness side


connector (front view)

D-48-3, D-48-4,
D-48-5, D-48-6
Harness side
connector
(front view)

AC608812JY

D-48-3, D-48-4,
D-48-5, D-48-6
D-48-1 Harness side Harness side
connector (front view) connector
(front view)

52B-303

STEP 4. Check the harness open circuit between occupant


classification-ECU connector D-48-1 and weight sensor
connector D-48-3, D-48-4, D-48-5 or D-48-6.
(1) Disconnect occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-1
and weight sensor connector D-48-3, D-48-4, D-48-5 or
D-48-6.
(2) Check for continuity between the following terminals.
It should be less than 2 ohms.
Occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-1 (terminal
No.3) and the weight sensor connector D-48-3 (terminal
No.3)
Occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-1 (terminal
No.5) and the weight sensor connector D-48-4 (terminal
No.3)
Occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-1 (terminal
No.7) and the weight sensor connector D-48-6 (terminal
No.3)
Occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-1 (terminal
No.9) and the weight sensor connector D-48-5 (terminal
No.3)
Occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-1 (terminal
No.1) and the weight sensor connector D-48-3, D-48-4,
D-48-5 and D-48-6 (terminal No.2)
Occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-1 (terminal
No.12) and weight sensor connector D-48-3, D-48-4,
D-48-5 and D-48-6 (terminal No.1)
Q: Does continuity exist?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires between occupant
classification-ECU connector D-48-1 and weight
sensor connector D-48-3, D-48-4, D-48-5 and D-48-6.
Then go to Step 5.

AC608812 JX

STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTCs B1B7A, B1B7F, B1B84, B1B89 set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-304

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1B8C: Driver Seat Slide Sensor Circuit Performance

Seat Slide Sensor Circuit


OCCUPANT
CLASSIFICATIONECU

FRONT SEAT
ASSEMBLY (RH)

SEAT SLIDE
SENSOR
HALL IC

ACA02992 AB

CAUTION
If DTC B1B8C is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus
lines.

Connectors: D-46, D-48

CIRCUIT OPERATION

D-48

The seat slide sensor sets the current value Hi or


Low determined by the seat position.
The occupant classification-ECU determines the
seat position according to the current value from
the seat slide sensor.

D-46 (GR)

ACA03080AS

Connector: D-48-2

DTC SET CONDITION


The DTC is set when the seat slide sensor output
current is not within the specified range.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS

ACA03524 AE

TSB Revision

The seat slide sensor may be defective.


The wiring harness or connectors may have
loose, corroded, or damaged terminals, or terminals pushed back in the connector
Malfunction of the occupant classification-ECU

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-305

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
STEP 3. Check the occupant classification-ECU connector
D-48-2, front seat assembly connector D-48 and seat slide
sensor connector D-46 for loose, corroded or damaged
terminals, or terminals pushed back in the connector.
Q: Is the occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-2,
front seat assembly connector D-48 and seat slide
sensor connector D-46 in good condition?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the component(s) (Refer to GROUP 00E,
Harness Connector Inspection P.00E-2).

TSB Revision

52B-306

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Check the harness for open circuit between


occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-2 (terminal
No.27 and 29) and the seat slide sensor connector D-46
(terminal No.2 and 1).
(1) Disconnect occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-2
and seat slide sensor connector D-46.

CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(2) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It
should be less than 2 ohms.
Occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-2 (terminal
No.27) and the seat slide sensor connector D-46 (terminal No.2)
Occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-2 (terminal
No.29) and the seat slide sensor connector D-46 (terminal No.1)

D-46 Harness side


connector (rear view)

D-48-2 Harness side


connector (rear view)

AC608812KA

Q: Does continuity exist?


YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires between occupant
classification-ECU connector D-48-2 and seat slide
sensor connector D-46.
STEP 5. Check the seat slide sensor circuit. Measure the
resistance at occupant classification-ECU connector
D-48-2.
(1) Disconnect occupant classification connector-ECU
connector D-48-2.
(2) Disconnect seat slide sensor connector D-46.

CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(3) Check for continuity between D-48-2 harness side
connector terminals 27 and 29.
It should be open circuit.

D-48-2 Harness side


connector (rear view)

Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the harness wires between occupant
classification-ECU connector D-48-2 and seat slide
sensor connector D-46.
AC608812KB

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-307

STEP 6. Check the harness for open circuit between


occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-2.
(1) Disconnect occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-2
and seat slide sensor connector D-46.

CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(2) Check for continuity between D-48-2 Occupant
classification-ECU connector terminals No.27, 29 and body
ground.
It should be open circuit.

D-48-2 Harness side


connector (rear view)

Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Go to Step 7
NO : Repair the harness wires between occupant
classification-ECU connector D-48-2 and seat slide
sensor connector D-46.
AC608812KC

STEP 7. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classification-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the driver seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42). Then go to Step 8.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-308

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 8. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classification-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC B1B8D: Driver Seat Slide Sensor Open Circuit

Seat Slide Sensor Circuit


OCCUPANT
CLASSIFICATIONECU

FRONT SEAT
ASSEMBLY (RH)

SEAT SLIDE
SENSOR
HALL IC

ACA02992 AB

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-309

CIRCUIT OPERATION

Connector: D-46

The seat slide sensor sets the current value Hi or


Low determined by the seat position.
The occupant classification-ECU determines the
seat position according to the current value from
the seat slide sensor.

D-46 (GR)
.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance
between the input terminals of the seat slide sensor. The most likely causes for this code to be set
are the followings:
Open circuit in the seat slide sensor or harness

ACA03080AT

Connector: D-48-2

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS

ACA03524 AE

CAUTION
If DTC B1B8D is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus
lines.

Open circuit in the seat slide sensor circuit


Disengaged seat slide sensor connector
Improper connector contact
Malfunction of the seat slide sensor
Malfunction of the occupant classification-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision

52B-310

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
STEP 3. Check the harness for open circuit between
occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-2 (terminal
No.27 and 29) and the seat slide sensor connector D-46
(terminal No.2 and 1).
(1) Disconnect occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-2
and seat slide sensor connector D-46.

CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(2) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It
should be less than 2 ohms.
Occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-2 (terminal
No.27) and the seat slide sensor connector D-46 (terminal No.2)
Occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-2 (terminal
No.29) and the seat slide sensor connector D-46 (terminal No.1)

D-46 Harness side


connector (rear view)

D-48-2 Harness side


connector (rear view)

AC608812KD

Q: Does continuity exist?


YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair the harness wires between occupant
classification-ECU connector D-48-2 and seat slide
sensor connector D-46.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-311

STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classification-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC B1B8D set?
YES : Replace the driver seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front seat assembly
P.52A-42). Then go to Step 5.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classification-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front seat assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-312

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1B8E: Driver Seat Slide Sensor Short (Power Supply Side) Circuit
Seat Slide Sensor Circuit
OCCUPANT
CLASSIFICATIONECU

FRONT SEAT
ASSEMBLY (RH)

SEAT SLIDE
SENSOR
HALL IC

ACA02992 AB

CAUTION
If DTC B1B8E is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus
lines.

Connector: D-46

CIRCUIT OPERATION
D-46 (GR)

The seat slide sensor sets the current value Hi or


Low determined by the seat position.
The occupant classification determines the seat
position according to the current value from the
seat slide sensor.

ACA03080AT

Connector: D-48-2

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if there is short-circuited to the power
supply between the input terminals of the seat slide
sensor.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
ACA03524 AE

TSB Revision

Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors


Short to the power supply in the seat slide sensor
harness
Malfunction of the seat slide sensor
Malfunction of the occupant classification-ECU

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-313

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-314

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 3. Check the seat slide sensor circuit. Measure the


voltage at the occupant classification-ECU connector
D-48-2.
(1) Disconnect occupant classification connector-ECU
connector D-48-2.
(2) Disconnect seat slide sensor connector D-46.
(3) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.

CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(4) Measure the voltage between D-48-2 harness side
connector terminals 27, 29 and body ground.
Voltage should measure 1 volt or less.

D-48-2 Harness side


connector (rear view)

Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified range?


YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.

AC608813 CP

STEP 4. Check the harness wires for short circuit to power


supply between the occupant classification-ECU
connector D-48-2 (terminal No.27 and 29) and seat slide
sensor connector D-46 (terminal No.2 and 1).
Q: Are the harness wires between occupant
classification-ECU connector D-48-2 (terminal No.27
and 29) and seat slide sensor connector D-46 (terminal
No.2 and 1) in good condition?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires between the occupant
classification-ECU connector D-48-2 and seat slide
sensor connector D-46. Then go to Step 5.
STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classification-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC B1B8E set?
YES : Replace the driver seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42). Then go to Step 6.
NO : The procedure is complete.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-315

STEP 6. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classification-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC B1B91: Driver Seat Slide Sensor Configuration Mismatch

CAUTION
If DTC B1B91 is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus
lines.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


These DTCs are set if there is an error in the coding
data of the occupant classification-ECU.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS

Malfunction of occupant classification-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision

52B-316

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the driver seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC B1BA7: Occupant Classification System Verification Required


.

CAUTION
If DTC B1BA7 is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus
lines.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if a light impact is detected by the
occupant classification-ECU.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The load data from the weight sensor is classified
with the occupant classification-ECU, and its classified information is send to SRS-ECU by CAN bus
line. The SRS-ECU determines the air bag deployment based on this classified information, and controls the power supply circuit to the inflator.

Malfunction of weight sensor


Malfunction of the occupant classification-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-317

STEP 2. Weight sensor check.


Refer to P.52B-358
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to step 3.
NO : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-46).
STEP 3. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC B1BA7 set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC B1BA8: Occupant classification-ECU Out of Calibration/not Calibrated


.

CAUTION
If DTC B1BA8 is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus
lines.

DTC SET CONDITION


This DTC is set when the 30 Kg (66 pounds) system
and 0 Kg (0 pound) system have not been executed.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The load data from the weight sensor is classified
with the occupant classification-ECU, and its classified information is send to SRS-ECU by CAN bus
line. The SRS-ECU determines the air bag deployment based on this classified information, and controls the power supply circuit to the inflator.

TSB Revision

Zero calibration not executed


30 Kg (66 pounds) system and 0 Kg (0 pound)
system not executed
Malfunction of the occupant classification-ECU

52B-318

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC B1BA7 set?
YES : After executing zero calibration of the occupant
classification-ECU, execute 30 Kg (66 pounds)
system and 0 Kg (0 pound) system. Then go to Step
3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
STEP 3. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classification-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-319

DTC B1BBA: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor Power Supply Circuit


.

CAUTION
If DTC B1BBA is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus
lines.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


This DTC is set if the weight sensor power supply
line is defective.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The load data from the weight sensor is classified
with the occupant classification-ECU, and its classified information is send to SRS-ECU by CAN bus
line. The SRS-ECU determines the air bag deployment based on this classified information, and controls the power supply circuit to the inflator.

The weight sensor may be defective.


The occupant classification-ECU may be defective.
The wiring harness or connectors may have
loose, corroded, or damaged terminals, or terminals pushed back in the connector

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-320

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958,read the occupant


classification-ECU diagnostic trouble code.
Check if the DTC B210D or B210E is set the occupant classification-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC B1B78, B1B7D, B1B82 or B1B87 set?
YES : Diagnose the occupant classification-ECU (Refer to
P.52B-292).
NO : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).

DTC B1BBC: Occupant Classification System Negative System Weight

CAUTION
If DTC B1BBC is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus
lines.
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The load data from the weight sensor is classified
with the occupant classification-ECU, and its classified information is send to SRS-ECU by CAN bus
line. The SRS-ECU determines the air bag deployment based on this classified information, and controls the power supply circuit to the inflator.
.

DTC SET CONDITION


This DTC is set if the passenger seat weight is 15
Kg (35 pound) or less.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
An object is caught in between the passenger seat and floor.

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Check for an object caught in between the
passenger seat and floor.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : It corrects.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-321

STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 3. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC B1BBC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-46).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-322

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1BBD: Occupant Classification-ECU Current Configuration table Unprogrammed

CAUTION
If DTC B1BBD is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus
lines.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


The DTC is set if the check error occurs in the coding
data of the occupant classification-ECU.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Zero calibration not executed
The Occupant Classification-ECU may be defective.

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set the occupant classification-ECU.
(1) Zero calibration of occupant classification -ECU
(2) Erase the DTC.
(3) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(4) Check if the DTC is set.
(5) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-323

DTC B1C23: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (front: LH) Configuration Mismatch
DTC B1C24: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (front: RH) Configuration Mismatch
DTC B1C25: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (rear: LH) Configuration Mismatch
DTC B1C26: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (rear: RH) Configuration Mismatch

CAUTION
If DTC B1C23, B1C24 B1C25, B1C26 is set in the
occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose
the CAN main bus lines.

DTC SET CONDITIONS


The DTC is set if the weight sensor serial No. of the
coding data in the occupant classification-ECU does
not match the serial No. sent from the weight sensor.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Zero calibration not executed

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Perform the zero calibration, and check the DTC
again. If the DTC is set, replace the front seat cushion
frame (RH).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-324

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC B1CB2: Occupant Classification-ECU Parameter Table Incompatible


DTC B2212: Occupant Classification-ECU Internal Failure
DTC B2250: Occupant Classification-ECU not Parameter Flash Required
DTC B2262: Occupant Classification-ECU Electrostatic Discharge Event Detected

CAUTION
If DTC B1CB2, B2212, B2250, B2262 is set in the
occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose
the CAN main bus lines.

TROUBLE JUDGMENT
The above DTC is set if an abnormality is detected in
the circuit inside the occupant classification-ECU.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS

Malfunction of the occupant classification-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-325

DTC B210D: Battery Voltage Low


DTC B210E: Battery Voltage High

Occupant Classification-ECU Power Supply Circuit


FUSIBLE
LINK 34

ETACS-ECU

FRONT SEAT
ASSEMBLY (RH)
OCCUPANT
CLASSIFICATION-ECU

ACA02995 AB

Connectors: C-408, C-415

Connector: D-48-2

ETACS-ECU

C-415

C-408 (B)
ACA03079 AC

TSB Revision

ACA03524 AE

52B-326

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

CAUTION
If DTC B210D, B210E is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main
bus lines.

TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION (COMMENT)


The power supply fuse or the occupant classification-ECU may have a problem.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS

TROUBLE JUDGMENT
The occupant classification-ECU sets DTC B210D if
the power supply fuse voltage decreases to the
specified value or less, and sets DTC B210E if the
power supply fuse voltage increases to the specified
value or more.
.

The power supply fuse may be defective.


The occupant classification-ECU may be defective.
The battery may be defective.
The generator may be defective.
The wiring harness or connectors may have
loose, corroded, or damaged terminals, or terminals pushed back in the connector

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Measure the voltage at the occupant
classification-ECU connector.
(1) Disconnect the D-48-2 occupant classification-ECU
connector.
(2) Measure the voltage between the D-48-2 harness side
connector terminal No. 21 and the body ground.
The voltage should measure 12 volts (battery positive
voltage).

D-48-2 Harness side


connector (rear view)

Q: Is the measured voltage approximately 12 volts (battery


positive voltage)?
YES : Go to Step 10.
NO : Go to Step 2.
AC709344AL

STEP 2. Power supply fuse No.17 check.


Q: Is the fuse in good condition?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Wiring harness check between the C-415
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.4 and the D-48-2
occupant classification-ECU connector terminal No. 21.
Short circuit check for SRS-ECU power supply wire
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Replace the power supply fuse.
NO : Repair the wiring harness. And then replace the
power supply fuse.
STEP 4. Battery check.
Refer to GROUP 54A, Battery Test P.54A-10.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Charge (B210D only) or replace the battery.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-327

STEP 5. Measure the voltage at the ETACS-ECU connector.


(1) Disconnect the C-408 ETACS-ECU connector.
(2) Measure the voltage between the C-408 harness side
connector terminal No. 1 and the body ground.
The voltage should measure 12 volts (battery positive
voltage).

C-408 Harness side


connector (rear view)

Q: Is the measured voltage approximately 12 volts (battery


positive voltage)?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 6.
AC709344 AK

STEP 6. Wiring harness check between the fusible link (34)


and the C-408 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 1.
Open circuit check for ETACS-ECU power supply wire
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 10.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
STEP 7. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the ETACS.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Erase the DTC.
(3) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(4) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(5) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Diagnose the ETACS (Refer to GROUP 54A, ETACS,
Diagnosis P.54A-671).
NO : Check the input signal of ETACS-ECU ignition switch
(IG1) (Refer to GROUP 54A ETACS, Symptom
procedures P.54A-728). Than go to step 8.

TSB Revision

52B-328

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 8. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus


line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 9.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 9. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 10.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
STEP 10. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B210D or B210E set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-46).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-329

DTC B2206: Chassis number does not match

CAUTION
If DTC B2206 is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus line.
.

TROUBLE JUDGMENT
If the registered chassis number is different from the
chassis number transmitted on the CAN bus lines,
the occupant classification-ECU sets the DTC
B2206.
.

JUDGMENT CRITERIA
If the chassis number registered to occupant classification-ECU and the chassis number on CAN bus
lines do not match, the occupant classification-ECU
determines that a problem has occurred.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Chassis number not written
The occupant classification-ECU may be defective.
The CAN bus line may be defective.

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III) P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Accuracy check is performed. Then go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classification-ECU.
(1) Zero calibration of occupant classification-ECU.
(2) Erase the DTC.
(3) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(4) Check if DTC is set.
(5) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-330

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC U0020: CAN-B Bus Off Performance


DTC U0021: CAN-B Bus(H1) Circuit Open
DTC U0022: CAN-B Bus(H1) Shorted to Circuit Ground
DTC U0023: CAN-B Bus(H1) Shorted to Circuit Power Supply
DTC U0024: CAN-B Bus(L0) Circuit Open
DTC U0025: CAN-B Bus(L0) Shorted to Circuit Ground
DTC U0026: CAN-B Bus(L0) Shorted to Circuit Power Supply
.

CAUTION
If the DTC U0020, U0021, U0022, U0023,
U0024, U0025, U0026 is set in the occupant
classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN
main bus lines.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.

JUDGMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
occupant classification-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal data transmission, occupant classification-ECU determines that an abnormality is
present.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS

DTC SET CONDITIONS


If the CAN-B circuit malfunction is present, the occupant classification-ECU sets the DTC U0020, U0021,
U0022, U0023, U0024, U0025, U0026.

The CAN bus line may be defective

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
(1) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(2) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(3) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-331

STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code


Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classification-ECU.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-46).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC U0141: ETACS CAN Timeout

CAUTION
If the DTC U0141 is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main
bus lines.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.

JUDGMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
occupant classification-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal data transmission, occupant classification-ECU determines that an abnormality is
present.

DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION

If the signal from ETACS-ECU cannot be received,


the occupant classification-ECU sets the DTC
U0141.
.

TSB Revision

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
The CAN bus line may be defective
The ETACS-ECU may be defective
The occupant classification-ECU may be defective

52B-332

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the ETACS-ECU
diagnostic trouble code
Check again if the DTC is set to the ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the ETACS-ECU. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic
trouble code No. U0141 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0141 is set in SRS-ECU, combination
meter, A/C-ECU, KOS-ECU or WCM, CAN box unit, radio and
CD player, satellite radio tuner, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU (Refer to GROUP 54A,
ETACS ETACS-ECU P.54A-768).
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classification-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-333

DTC U0151: SRS-ECU CAN timeout

CAUTION
If DTC U0151 is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus
lines.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.

JUDGMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
occupant classification-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal data transmission, occupant classification-ECU determines that an abnormality is
present.

DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION

If the signal from SRS-ECU cannot be received, the


occupant classification system sets DTC U0151.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
The CAN bus line may be defective
The SRS-ECU may be defective
The occupant classification-ECU may be defective

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III) P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the SRS-ECU
diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the SRS-ECU. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic
trouble code No. U0151 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0151 is set in ETACS-ECU, combination
meter, A/C-ECU, KOS-ECU or WCM, CAN box unit, radio and
CD player, satellite radio tuner, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to GROUP 52B,
SRS-ECU P.52B-371).
NO : Go to Step 4.

TSB Revision

52B-334

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classification-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC U0155: Combination Meter CAN Timeout

CAUTION
If the DTC U0155 is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main
bus lines.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.

JUDGMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
occupant classification-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal data transmission, occupant classification-ECU determines that an abnormality is
present.

TROUBLE JUDGMENT

If the signal from combination meter cannot be


received, the occupant classification-ECU sets the
DTC U0155.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
The CAN bus line may be defective
The combination meter may be defective
The occupant classification-ECU may be defective

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-335

STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the combination


meter diagnostic trouble code
Check if DTC is set to the combination meter.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the combination meter. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic
trouble code No. U0155 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0155 is set in ETACS-ECU, SRS-ECU,
A/C-ECU, KOS-ECU or WCM, CAN box unit, radio and CD
player, satellite radio tuner, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the combination meter (Refer to GROUP
54A, Combination Meter P.54A-122).
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classification-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC U0164: A/C-ECU CAN Timeout

CAUTION
If the DTC U0164 is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main
bus lines.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.

JUDGMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if the
occupant classification-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal data transmission, the occupant
classification-ECU determines that an abnormality is
present.

DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION

If the signal from A/C-ECU cannot be received, the


occupant classification-ECU sets the DTC U0164.
.

TSB Revision

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
The CAN bus line may be defective
The A/C-ECU may be defective
The occupant classification-ECU may be defective

52B-336

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III) P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the A/C
diagnostic trouble code.
Check if DTC is set to the A/C-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the A/C. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic
trouble code No. U0164 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0164 is set in ETACS-ECU, SRS-ECU,
combination meter, KOS-ECU or WCM, CAN box unit, radio
and CD player, satellite radio tuner, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the A/C-ECU (Refer to GROUP 55A,
A/C-ECU P.55A-116).
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classification-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-337

DTC U0168: KOS-ECU or WCM CAN Timeout

CAUTION
If DTC U0168 is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus
lines.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.

JUDGMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if the
occupant classification-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal data transmission, the occupant
classification-ECU determines that an abnormality is
present.

DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION

If the signal from KOS-ECU or WCM cannot be


received, the occupant classification-ECU sets the
DTC U0168.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS

Malfunction of CAN bus line may be defective.


Malfunction of the KOS-ECU may be defective.
Malfunction of the WCM may be defective.
Malfunction of the occupant classification-ECU
may be defective.

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III) P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the KOS-ECU or
WCM diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set to the KOS-ECU or WCM.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the KOS or WCM. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic
trouble code No. U0168 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0168 is set in ETACS-ECU, SRS-ECU,
combination meter, A/C-ECU, CAN box unit, radio and CD
player, satellite radio tuner, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the KOS -ECU (Refer to GROUP 42B,
KOS-ECU P.42B-218) or WCM (Refer to GROUP
42C, WCMP.42C-93)
NO : Go to Step 4.

TSB Revision

52B-338

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classification-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC U0184: Audio CAN Timeout

CAUTION
If the DTC U0184 is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main
bus lines.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.

JUDGMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
occupant classification-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal data transmission, occupant classification-ECU determines that an abnormality is
present.

DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION

When the signals from radio and CD player or CD


changer cannot be received, the occupant classification-ECU sets the DTC U0184.
.

TSB Revision

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
The CAN bus line may be defective
The radio and CD player or CD changer may be
defective
The occupant classification-ECU may be defective

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-339

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the audio
diagnostic trouble code.
Check if the DTC is set to the audio.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the radio and CD player. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic
trouble code No. U0184 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0184 is set in ETACS-ECU, SRS-ECU,
combination meter, A/C-ECU, KOS-ECU or WCM, CAN box
unit, satellite radio tuner, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the radio and CD player (Refer to GROUP
54A, Radio and CD player P.54A-399).
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classification-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-340

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC U0195: Satellite Radio Tuner CAN Timeout

CAUTION
If the DTC U0195 is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main
bus lines.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.

JUDGMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
occupant classification-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal data transmission, occupant classification-ECU determines that an abnormality is
present.

TROUBLE JUDGMENT

If the signal from satellite radio tuner cannot be


received, the occupant classification-ECU sets the
DTC U0195.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
The CAN bus may be defective.
The satellite radio tuner may be defective.
The occupant classification-ECU may be defective.

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the satellite radio
tuner diagnostic trouble code.
Check if DTC is set to the satellite radio tuner.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the satellite radio tuner. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic
trouble code No. U0195 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0195 is set in ETACS-ECU, SRS-ECU,
combination meter, A/C-ECU, KOS-ECU or WCM, CAN box
unit, radio and CD player, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the satellite radio tuner (Refer to GROUP
54A, Satellite Radio Tuner P.54A-641).
NO : Go to Step 4.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-341

STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.


Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classification-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC U0245: CAN box unit CAN timeout

CAUTION
If DTC U0245 is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus
lines.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.

JUDGMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
audio visual navigation becomes unable to perform
the normal data transmission, occupant classification-ECU determines that an abnormality is present.
.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS

DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
When the signals from audio visual navigation unit
cannot be received, the occupant classification system sets DTC U0245.
.

The CAN bus line may be defective.


The occupant classification-ECU may be defective.
The audio visual navigation unit may be defective.

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III) P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision

52B-342

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the audio visual


navigation unit diagnostic trouble code.
Check if DTC is set to the audio visual navigation unit.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the MMCS. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic
trouble code No. U0245 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0245 is set in ETACS-ECU, SRS-ECU,
combination meter, A/C-ECU, KOS-ECU or WCM, radio and
CD player, satellite radio tuner, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the CAN box unit (Refer to GROUP 54A,
MMCSP.54A-507).
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classification-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).

DTC U1000: OSS-ECU CAN Timeout


.

CAUTION
If the DTC U1000 is set, diagnose the CAN bus
lines.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the SRS circuit is normal.

JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
SRS-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal
data transmission, SRS-ECU determines that an
abnormality is present.

DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION

If the signal from combination meter cannot be


received, the SRS-ECU sets the diagnosis code No.
U1000.

TSB Revision

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of CAN bus line
Malfunction of SRS-ECU
Malfunction of the OSS-ECU

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-343

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the OSS-ECU
diagnostic trouble code
Check if the DTC is set to the OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the OSS. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic
trouble code No. U1000 for other system.
Check if the DTC U1000 is set in ETACS-ECU, SRS-ECU,
combination meter, A/C-ECU, KOS-ECU or WCM, radio and
CD player, satellite radio tuner.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the OSS-ECU (Refer to GROUP 42B,
P.42B-224).
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to use Troubleshooting/inspection
Service Points P.00-15).

TSB Revision

52B-344

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

DTC U1419: The signal from a weight sensor (front: LH) is unusual
DTC U141A: The signal from a weight sensor (front: RH) is unusual
DTC U141B: The signal from a weight sensor (rear: LH) is unusual
DTC U141C: The signal from a weight sensor (rear: RH) is unusual
DTC U1423: The signal from a weight sensor is unusual
.

DTC SET CONDITIONS

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS

There DTCs are set if communication between the


weight sensor and the occupant classification-ECU is
not possible or faulty.

Malfunction of weight sensor


The occupant classification-ECU may be defective

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
STEP 2. Check the weight sensor.
Check the diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC U1419, U141A, U141B, U141C, U1423 set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : The procedure is complete.

TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART

M1524003401465

CAUTION
During diagnosis, a DTC code associated with
another system may be set when the ignition
switch is turned on with connector(s) disconnected. After completing the repair, confirm all
systems for DTC code(s). If DTC code(s) are set,
erase them all.
SYMPTOM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE No. REFERENCE PAGE

Communication between the scan tool and the


SRS-ECU is not possible.

P.52B-345

Power supply circuit system

P.52B-346

The SRS warning light does not illuminate.

P.52B-350

The SRS warning light does not go out.

P.52B-352

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-345

SYMPTOM PROCEDURES

Inspection procedure 1: Communication between the Scan Tool and the SRS-ECU is not possible.
.

TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION (COMMENT)

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most


likely causes for this case:)

If the scan tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly) can not


communicate with the SRS system, the CAN bus
lines may be defective. If the SRS system does not
work, the SRS-ECU or its power supply circuit may
be defective.

Damaged wiring harness or connector


Malfunction of the SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III) P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Check and repair the power supply circuit system
(Refer to P.52B-346).
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision

52B-346

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Inspection procedure 2: Power supply circuit system

IGNITION SWITCH (IG1)


OR OSS-ECU (IG1)

FUSIBLE LINK

34

ETACS-ECU

IG1
RELAY

SRS-ECU

ACA02959 AB

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-347

Connectors: C-412, C-417

Connector: C-126

ETACS-ECU
C-417

C-412 (BR)

C-126 (Y)

ACA03079 AB

ACA03077AB
.

CIRCUIT OPERATION

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (THE MOST


LIKELY CAUSES FOR THIS CASE:)

To SRS-ECU, the power is supplied from two independent circuits (fuse No. 12 and 18) via IG1 relay of
ETACS-ECU.
If the power is not supplied to SRS-ECU, the communication between scan tool (M.U.T.-III Sub
Assembly) and SRS-ECU cannot be established.

Damaged wiring harness or connector


Charging system failed
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Power supply fuse check.
Q: Is the fuse in good condition?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 2
STEP 2. Check for a blown fuse.
(1) Replace the fuse.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position, wait for at least
one minute and then turn the switch off.
(3) Check the fuse.
Q: Is the fuse in good condition?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the wiring harness between the C-417
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 5 and the C-126
SRS-ECU connector terminal No. 22 <Fuse No.12>
or C-412 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 4 and
the C-126 SRS-ECU connector terminal No. 21
<Fuse No.18> , and replace the power supply fuse.

TSB Revision

52B-348

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 3. Resistance measurement at the C-126 SRS-ECU


connector.
(1) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-126 SRS-ECU connectors.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

(2) Take the measurements below at the C-126 wiring harness


side connectors.
Continuity between C-126 wiring harness side connector terminal No. 24 and body ground
OK: Continuity (Less than 2 ohms)

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)

Q: Is the check result normal?


YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair the wiring harness between C-126 SRS-ECU
connector terminal No. 24 and body ground.
ACA02867 BN

STEP 4. Measure the voltage at the C-126 SRS-ECU


connector.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-126 SRS-ECU connector.
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(4) Ignition switch: ON

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

(5) Take the measurements below at the C-126 harness side


connector.
Voltage between terminal No. 21, 22 and body ground
OK: 9 V or more

C-126 Harness side


connector (front view)

Q: Is the measured voltage within the specified range?


YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
ACA02874 AT

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-349

STEP 5. Check the harness for open circuit between


SRS-ECU connector C-126 and the ETACS-ECU connector
C-412 or C-417.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the
harness side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction
of the arrow to release the lock lever, and disconnect the
C-126 SRS-ECU connector.
(3) Disconnect the ETACS-ECU connector C-412 and C-417.
NOTE: Check intermediate connector C-27 and joint connector C-04, and repair if necessary.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

C-126
Harness side
connector
(front view)

(4) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It


should be less than 2 ohms.

C-417 Harness side


connector (front view)

<Fuse No.12>
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.22) and the
ETACS-ECU connector C-417 (terminal No.5)
<Fuse No.18>
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.21) and the
ETACS-ECU connector C-412 (terminal No.4)
ACA02867BM

C-412 Harness side


connector (front view)
C-126
Harness side
connector
(front view)

Q: Does continuity exist?


YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU (Refer to GROUP 54A,
ETACS-ECU P.54A-768).
NO : Repair the harness wire between SRS-ECU
connector C-126 and the ETACS-ECU connector
C-412 and C-417.

ACA02867BL

STEP 6. Retest the system


Q: Is the communication between scan tool and SRS-ECU
possible?
YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points How
to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P.00-15.)
NO : Replace SRS-ECU. (Refer to P.52B-371.)

TSB Revision

52B-350

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

Inspection procedure 3:The SRS Warning Light does not Illuminate.

SRS Warning Light Circuit


IGNITION SWITCH (IG1)
OR OSS-ECU (IG1)

FUSIBLE LINK

34

ETACS-ECU
IG1
RELAY
CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT

JOINT CONNECTOR
(CAN1)

SRS-ECU

CAN TRANSCEIVER
CIRCUIT
CPU

LCD (SRS)

RHEOSTAT

COMBINATION METER
ACA03003 AB

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
Connector: C-126

52B-351

Connector: C-203

C-126 (Y)
ACA03076 AD

ACA03077AB

Connector: C-417
ETACS-ECU

ACA03079 AD

As a cause, the failure of CAN bus line, combination meter, or SRS-ECU is suspected.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is turned to the "ON" position and
goes out after approximately seven seconds if
there is not a malfunction in the SRS system.
SRS-ECU sends the SRS warning light signal to
the combination meter via the CAN communication.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Damaged wiring harness and connectors
Combination meter malfunction
Malfunction of SRS-ECU

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
Use scan tool MB991958 to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
Q: Is the check result satisfactory?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).

TSB Revision

52B-352

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, check actuator test


Check the SRS-ECU actuator tests.
Item No. 01: SRS warning light
Q: Does the SRS warning light turn on and off normally?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace SRS-ECU. (Refer to P.52B-371.)
STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, check actuator test
Check the combination meter actuator tests.
Item No. 07: Indicator 1
Q: Does the SRS warning light turn on and off normally?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the combination meter. (Refer to GROUP
54A, Combination Meter P.54A-122.)
STEP 4. Wiring harness inspection between C-417
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 5 and C-203
combination meter connector terminal No. 2
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check the
ETACS-ECU connectors C-417 and combination meter connector C-203 and repair if necessary.
The SRS warning light inspection for open and short circuit
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : If other systems are normally operated, replace the
combination meter. (Refer to GROUP 54A,
Combination Meter P.54A-122.)
NO : Repair the wiring harness.

Inspection procedure 4: The SRS Warning Light does not Go Out.


As a cause, the failure of CAN bus line, combination meter, or SRS-ECU is suspected.

CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is turned to the "ON" position and
goes out after approximately seven seconds if
there is not a malfunction in the SRS system.
SRS-ECU sends the SRS warning light signal to
the combination meter via the CAN communication.

TSB Revision

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Damaged wiring harness and connectors
Combination meter malfunction
Malfunction of SRS-ECU

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-353

DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
Use scan tool MB991958 to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
Q: Is the check result satisfactory?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck of the SRS warning light
(1) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Ignition switch: ON
Q: Does the SRS warning light illuminate for approximately
7 seconds and then go out after the ignition switch is
turned to the "ON" position?
YES : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, check actuator test
Check the combination meter actuator tests.
Item No. 07: Indicator 1
Q: Does the SRS warning light turn on and off normally?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the combination meter. (Refer to GROUP
54A, Combination Meter P.54A-122.)
STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC set?
YES : Troubleshoot for the relevant DTC.
NO : Go to Step 5

TSB Revision

52B-354

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

STEP 5. Recheck of the SRS warning light


(1) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Ignition switch: ON
Q: Does the light stay on?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : The procedure is complete.

DATA LIST REFERENCE TABLE

M1524003500555

DATA LIST OUTPUT


.

The following items can be read by the scan tool


from the SRS-ECU input data.
No.
Data list item
Check conditions
01

Failure continuation time 1

Always

02

Failure continuation time 2

Always

Normal conditions
Maximum time to be stored: 9,999
minutes (approximately seven
days)

The following items can be read by the scan tool from the occupant classification-ECU input data.
Item No.

Display on scan tool

Check conditions

Normal conditions

01

Passenger weight

Apply a load to the passenger


seat.

2048 Kg (4515 Ib) to 2048 Kg


(4515 Ib)

02

Dr seat position sensor


current

Slide the seat the back-end to


the front-position.

0 to 1,700 mA

03

Dr seat position sensor


voltage

Slide the seat the back-end to


the front-position.

0 to 5,000 mV

07

Dr seat position sensor


status

Slide the seat the back-end to


the front-position.

Not Frontal Zone/Frontal


Zone/Undetermined/No Dr
STPS/No Pa STPS/Seat
sensor DTC

08

occupant classification
status

Apply a load to the passenger


seat.

Empty/RFIS*/Child/More
5th%/Less 5th%/Undermined

10

Battery voltage

Always

6.5 to 16 V

21

Pa seat weight sensor 1


RR

Apply a load to the passenger


seat.

2048 Kg (4515 Ib) to 2048 Kg


(4515 Ib)

22

Pa seat weight sensor 1


RR volt

Apply a load to the passenger


seat.

0 to 5,000 mV

23

Pa seat weight sensor 2


RF

Apply a load to the passenger


seat.

2048 Kg (4515 Ib) to 2048 Kg


(4515 Ib)

24

Pa seat weight sensor 2


RF volt

Apply a load to the passenger


seat.

0 to 5,000 mV

25

Pa seat weight sensor 3


LF

Apply a load to the passenger


seat.

2048 Kg (4515 Ib) to 2048 Kg


(4515 Ib)

26

Pa seat weight sensor 3


LF volt

Apply a load to the passenger


seat.

0 to 5,000 mV

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS

52B-355

Item No.

Display on scan tool

Check conditions

Normal conditions

27

Pa seat weight sensor 4


LR

Apply a load to the passenger


seat.

2048 Kg (4515 Ib) to 2048 Kg


(4515 Ib)

28

Pa seat weight sensor 4


LR volt

Apply a load to the passenger


seat.

0 to 5,000 mV

30

VIN Information

Always

NOTE: *: Radio Frequency Integrated Circuit

ACTUATOR TEST REFERENCE TABLE

M1524003600358

The scan tool activates the following actuators for


testing.
Item No.
Item name
Test item

Driven
component

01

SRS warning light

SRS warning light illumination

ON

03

Passenger's SRS OFF light

Passenger's SRS OFF light illumination ON


Passenger's SRS OFF light illumination OFF

FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION REFERENCE TABLE


If the SRS-ECU determines that the following parts
are defective, the SRS-ECU operates the SRS warning light and controls as follows.
If the seat slide sensor is defective, the SRS-ECU
determines that the seat is in its backward position and controls the air bag.

M1524003700173

If the occupant classification sensor or the occupant classification-ECU is defective, the


SRS-ECU determines that the occupant classification is class 2 [The occupant classification sensor detects 30 kg (66 pounds) or more.] and
controls the air bag and the passengers air bag
OFF indicator light.

ACCURACY CHECK OF OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SENSOR


The scan tool can be used to perform the next function.

TSB Revision

Zero-Calibration & System Test

M1524025800101

52B-356

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SPECIAL TOOLS

SPECIAL TOOLS
Tool

M1524000701832

Tool number and name

Supersession

Application

MB990784
Ornament remover

General service tool

Removal of cover.

MB990803
Steering wheel puller

General service tool

Steering wheel removal

MB991958
a: MB991824
b: MB991827
c: MB991910
d: MB991911
e: MB991914
f: MB991825
g: MB991826
Scan tool (M.U.T.-III sub
assembly)
a: Vehicle communication
interface (V. C. I.)
b: M.U.T.-III USB cable
c: M.U.T.-III main harness
A (Vehicles with CAN
communication
system)
d: M.U.T.-III main
harness B (Vehicles
without CAN
communication
system)
e: M.U.T.-III main
harness C (for Chrysler
models only)
f: M.U.T.-III measurement
adapter
g: M.U.T.-III trigger
harness

MB991824-KIT
NOTE: g: MB991826
M.U.T.-III Trigger
Harness is not
necessary when
pushing V.C.I. ENTER
key.

MB990784

MB990803AB

MB991824

MB991827

MB991910

d
Do not use
MB991911

e
Do not use
MB991914

MB991825

CAUTION
For vehicles with CAN
communication, use M.U.T.-III
main harness A to send
simulated vehicle speed. If you
connect M.U.T.-III main harness
B instead, the CAN
communication does not
function correctly.
Checking diagnostic trouble code

MB991826
MB991958

MB991865
Dummy resistor

MB991865

TSB Revision

SRS air bag and seat belt


pre-tensioner circuit check

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


TEST EQUIPMENT

Tool

Tool number and name

Supersession

52B-357

Application

MB991866
Resistor harness

Drivers and passengers (front)


air bag and side-air bag circuit
check

MB991884
Resistor harness

Curtain air bag and seat belt


pre-tensioner circuit check

MB991885
Adapter harness

Deployment of Knee air bag,


curtain air bag and seat belt
pre-tensioner inside or outside
the vehicle

MB991866

MB991884

MB991885

MB991223
a: MB991219
b: MB991220
c: MB991221
d: MB991222
Harness set
a: Test harness
b: LED harness
c: LED harness adaptor
d: Probe

General service tools

Checking the continuity and


measuring the voltage at the
SRS-ECU harness connector

Do not use
MB991223BD

MB992102
Air bag inflation adapter
harness

Deployment of drivers and


passengers (front) air bag
module inside or outside the
vehicle

MB992102

MB992006
Extra fine probe

General service tool

MB992006

TEST EQUIPMENT
Tool

Name

AC000019AB

Continuity check and voltage


measurement at harness wire or
connector for loose, corroded or
damaged terminals, or terminals
pushed back in the connector.

M1524000800698

Use

Digital multi-meter
Checking the SRS electrical circuitry with
Use a multi-meter for which the maximum SRS check harness
test current is 2 mA or less at the minimum
range of resistance measurement

TSB Revision

52B-358

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


POST-COLLISION DIAGNOSIS

POST-COLLISION DIAGNOSIS

M1524001102331

To inspect and service the SRS after a collision (whether or not


the air bags have deployed), perform the following steps.

SRS-ECU MEMORY CHECK


Required Special Tool:
MB991958: Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
MB991824:Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
MB991827:M.U.T.-III USB Cable
MB991910:M.U.T.-III Main Harness A (Vehicles with
CAN Communication System)

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
1. Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector
(16-pin).
2. Read (and write down) all displayed diagnostic trouble
codes (Refer to P.52B-32).
NOTE: If the battery power supply has been disconnected or
disrupted by the collision, scan tool MB991958 cannot communicate with the SRS-ECU. Check the battery, then check
and, if necessary, repair the front wiring harness and the
instrument panel wiring harness before proceeding.
3. Read the data list (fault duration and how many times
memories are erased), using scan tool MB991958 (Refer to
P.52B-354).
4. Erase the diagnostic trouble codes, and then turn the
ignition switch to the LOCK (OFF) position.
5. Wait for at least one second, and then turn the ignition
switch to the ON position again.
6. After waiting 15 seconds or more, note all displayed
diagnostic trouble codes (Refer to P.52B-27).

REPAIR PROCEDURE
.

WHEN FRONT AIR BAGS DEPLOY IN A COLLISION.


1. Replace the following parts with new ones:
SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
Driver's air bag module (Refer to P.52B-375).
Passenger's (front) air bag module (Refer to P.52B-382).
Knee air bag module (Refer to P.52B-386).
Seat belt with pre-tensioner (Refer to P.52B-401).
Front impact sensors (Refer to P.52B-367).
Instrument trim assembly (Refer to GROUP 52A Instrument Panel Assembly P.52A-3).
Front passengers seat cushion frame assembly (Occupant
classification-ECU and weight sensor) (Refer to GROUP
52A, Front Seat Assembly P.52A-46).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


POST-COLLISION DIAGNOSIS

52B-359

2. Check the following parts. If there is an abnormality, replace


with new parts.
Clock spring (Refer to P.52B-375).
Seat belt switch (Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly P.52A-42).
Steering wheel, steering column assembly
(1) Check that the driver's air bag module is installed to the
steering wheel correctly.
(2) Check the steering wheel for noise, binding, operational
failure, and play.
(3) Check the shock absorbing mechanism of steering column shaft assembly (Refer to GROUP 37 On-vehicle
Service P.37-77).
3. Instrument panel assembly (Refer to GROUP 52A
Instrument Panel Assembly P.52A-3).
4. Check the wiring harnesses for binding, the connectors for
damage, poor connections, and the terminals for
deformation (Refer to P.52B-24).
.

WHEN SIDE AND CURTAIN AIR BAGS DEPLOY IN


A COLLISION.
1. Replace the following parts with new ones.
SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
Front seatback assembly (Refer to P.52B-390).
Curtain air bag module (Refer to P.52B-394).
Side impact sensor (front and rear) (Refer to P.52B-398).
Headlining (Refer to GROUP 52A, Headlining P.52A-20).
Front pillar trim, center pillar trim upper, quarter trim upper
(Refer to GROUP 52A Interior Trim P.52A-13).
2. Check the wiring harnesses for binding, the connectors for
damage, poor connections, and the terminals for
deformation (Refer to P.52B-24).
.

WHEN CURTAIN AIR BAGS DEPLOY IN A


COLLISION.
1. Replace the following parts with new ones:
SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
Side impact sensors (rear) (Refer to P.52B-398).
Front passengers seat cushion frame assembly (Occupant
classification-ECU and weight sensor) (Refer to GROUP
52A, Front Seat Assembly P.52A-46).
Curtain air bag module (Refer to P.52B-394).
2. Check the wiring harnesses for binding, the connectors for
damage, poor connections, and the terminals for
deformation (Refer to P.52B-24).
.

WHEN CURTAIN AIR BAGS DEPLOY AND SEAT


BELT PRE-TENSIONER OPERATE IN A
COLLISION.
1. Replace the following parts with new ones:
SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).

TSB Revision

52B-360

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


POST-COLLISION DIAGNOSIS

Side impact sensors (rear) (Refer to P.52B-398).


Front passengers seat cushion frame assembly (Occupant
classification-ECU and weight sensor) (Refer to GROUP
52A, Front Seat Assembly P.52A-46).
Seat belt with pre-tensioner (Refer to P.52B-401).
2. Check the wiring harnesses for binding, the connectors for
damage, poor connections, and the terminals for
deformation (Refer to P.52B-24).
.

WHEN AIR BAGS DO NOT DEPLOY IN


LOW-SPEED COLLISION.
Check the SRS components. If the SRS components are showing any visible damage such as dents, cracks, or deformation,
replace them with new ones. Concerning parts removed for
inspection, replacement with new parts and cautionary points
for working, refer to appropriate INDIVIDUAL COMPONENT
SERVICE P.52B-364.
.

FRONT IMPACT SENSOR

Front impact
sensor

Headlight assembly (LH)

1. Check the front end upper bar for distortion and rust.
2. Check the front impact sensor for dents, cracks, deformation
or rust.
3. Check the front impact sensor wiring harness for binding,
check the connector for damage, and check the terminals
for deformation.
NOTE: The illustration shows the side impact sensor (RH).
The position of the side impact sensor (LH) is symmetrical to
this.

AC904831AH

SRS-ECU
SRS-ECU

1. Check the SRS-ECU case and brackets for dents, cracks or


deformation.
2. Check the connector for damage, and the terminals for
deformation.
3. Check the installation of the SRS-ECU and its bracket.

G and
yaw rate sensor
AC904903 AH

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


POST-COLLISION DIAGNOSIS

52B-361

DRIVER'S AND PASSENGER'S (FRONT) AIR BAG


MODULE, DRIVER'S KNEE AIR BAG MODULE
<Driver's side>

Squib connector

Inflator

1. Check the pad cover for dents, cracks or deformation.


2. Check the connector for damage, terminal deformities, and
the harness for binding.
3. Check the air bag inflator case for dents, cracks or
deformities.
4. Check that the air bag module is installed correctly.

ACA03012

<Passenger's (front) side>


Inflator case

Squib connectors

ACA03361AB

<Knee air bag module>

Squib
connectors
Inflator

AC905122 AD

FRONT SEATBACK ASSEMBLY (SIDE-AIR BAG


MODULE)
Side-airbag module
deployment section

1. Check the air bag module deployment section for dents or


deformation.
2. Check that there is no connector damage, bent terminals or
harness crimping.

AC507151AB

TSB Revision

52B-362

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


POST-COLLISION DIAGNOSIS

CLOCK SPRING
Case
Protective tubes

1. Check the clock spring connectors and protective tube for


damage, and the terminals for deformation.
2. Visually check the case for damage.

ACA03431 AC
.

SIDE IMPACT SENSOR


1. Check that there is no bending or corrosion in the center
pillar and quarter panel.
2. Check that there is no denting, breakage or bending of the
side impact sensor.
3. Check that there is no harness crimping, connector damage
or bent terminals.
NOTE: The illustration shows the side impact sensor (RH).
The position of the side impact sensor (LH) is symmetrical to
this.

<Front>

Front seat belt (LH)


Side impact
sensor (front)
<Rear>
Side impact
sensor (rear)
Rear seat belt

ACA03561 AB
.

SEAT SLIDE SENSOR


1. Check that there is no connector damage, bent terminals or
harness crimping.
2. Check the installation of the seat slide sensor.

Seat slide sensor

ACA03525AB

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


POST-COLLISION DIAGNOSIS

52B-363

OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION-ECU AND WEIGHT


SENSOR

Weight sensor
Occupant
classification-ECU
Weight
sensor

1. Check the occupant classification-ECU case and weight


sensor for dents, cracks or deformation.
2. Check the connector for damage, and the terminals for
deformation.
3. Check the installation of the occupant classification-ECU
and weight sensor.
4. Check the diagnostic trouble code of occupant
classification-ECU and replace the seat cushion frame
assembly <passengers side> if DTC B1BA7 is set.

2 AC
AC701992
.

CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE


1. Check that the curtain air bag deployment part of the
headlining is normal.
2. Check the inflator surface for cracks, dents or deformations.
3. Check the connector for damage, the terminal for
deformation, and the harness for binding.

Inflator

STEERING WHEEL, STEERING COLUMN AND


SHAFT ASSEMBLY

Curtain air bag module


deployment section
AC905565AC

1. Check the wiring harness (built into the steering wheel) and
the connectors for damage, and the terminals for
deformation.
2. Install the air bag module to check fit or alignment with the
steering wheel.
3. Check the steering wheel for noise, binding or difficult
operation and excessive free play.
4. Check the steering column shaft shock absorbing
mechanism (Refer to GROUP 37, On-Vehicle Service
Steering Column Shaft Assembly Shock Absorbing
Mechanism Check P.37-77).
.

SEAT BELT WITH PRE-TENSIONER


1. Check the seat belt for damage or deformation.
2. Check the seat belt with pre-tensioner for cracks or
deformation.
3. Check that the unit is installed correctly to the vehicle body.

Seat belt
pre-tensioner
(RH)
AC904968 AD

TSB Revision

52B-364

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


INDIVIDUAL COMPONENT SERVICE

HARNESS CONNECTOR (FRONT WIRING


HARNESS, INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRING
HARNESS, AND FLOOR WIRING HARNESS)
Check the harnesses for binding, the connectors for damage,
poor connection, and the terminals for deformation (Refer to
P.52B-24).

INDIVIDUAL COMPONENT SERVICE

M1524002901166

WARNING
If heat damage occurs during paint work, remove

the SRS-ECU, the air bag modules, the clock


spring, front seats, impact sensor and the seat belt
with pre-tensioner. Recheck the SRS system operability after reinstalling them.
SRS-ECU, air bag module, clock spring, front
seats, impact sensor: 93 C (200 F) or more
Seat belt with pre-tensioner: 90C (194 F) or
more
If the SRS components are removed for the purpose of inspection, sheet metal repair, painting,
etc., they should be stored in a clean, dry place
until they are reinstalled.
If the SRS components are to be removed or replaced as a
result of maintenance, diagnosis, etc., follow the appropriate
procedure in this section. (Front impact sensor: refer to
P.52B-367, SRS-ECU: refer to P.52B-371, Air bag modules
and clock spring: refer to P.52B-375, Side-air bag module: refer
to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly P.52A-42, Side impact
sensor: refer to P.52B-398, Curtain air bag module: refer to
P.52B-394, Seat belt with pre-tensioner: refer to P.52B-401).

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
ACCURACY CHECK OF OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SENSOR

M1524025100157

Required Special Tools:


MB991958: Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
MB991824:Vehicle Communication Interface(V.C.I.)
MB991827:M.U.T.-III USB Cable
MB991910:M.U.T.-III Main Harness A

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

52B-365

CAUTION
The following precaution must be observed when executing accuracy testing and calibration.
Perform the occupant classification sensor calibration
at room temperature. (Proposal: 20 15C (68 27 F))
(Before the calibration, place the occupant classification sensor more than 30 minutes at room temperature.)
Do not apply any load or vibration while the weight
check and the calibration is performed.
Perform the weight check and the calibration after seat
components are all assembled.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
1. Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.

Data link connector

MB991910
MB991824

MB991827

Special Function
System Select

OCM

ACA00016 AB

NXXXXXXXXX

Special Function

2. To execute accuracy check and calibration, operate scan


tool MB991958 (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly) as follows.
(1) Select "OCM".
(2) Select "Special Function".
(3) Select "Zero Calibration & System Test".
(4) The start of the zero calibration.

Zero Calibration & System Test

Please select function.

AC609603AB

TSB Revision

52B-366

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

(5) The execution check of the zero calibration.


(6) The zero calibration has been completed when the
screen as shown in the illustration is displayed. The OK
button is pushed and it progresses to the next.

AC609604 AB

(7) The start of 66 lbs system test.


MUT-lll-- Web Web Page Dialog

Zero-calibration
Completed.
Go on to the 66lbs System Test.

AC710647AB

(8) The execution check of the 66 lbs system test.


MUT-lll-- Web Web Page Dialog

66lbs System Test


Do you want to start?

AC710648AB

(9) The 66 lbs system test has been completed when the
screen as shown in the illustration is displayed. The OK
button is pushed and it progresses to the next.
(10)The start of 0 lbs system test.

MUT-lll-- Web Web Page Dialog

66lbs System Test


Test passed.
Go on to the 0kg System Test.

AC710649AB

(11)The execution check of the 0 lbs system test.


MUT-lll-- Web Web Page Dialog

0lbs System Test


Do you want to start?

AC710650AB

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


FRONT IMPACT SENSORS

52B-367

(12)The 0 lbs system test has been completed when the


screen as shown in the illustration is displayed.

MUT-lll-- Web Web Page Dialog

0lbs System Test


Test passed.
All procedure is completed.
Please erase stored DTCS set during
the test in OCM and SRS-AIR BAG.

AC710651AB

FRONT IMPACT SENSORS


REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

M1524001501897

WARNING

Never repair or disassemble the front impact sensor. If faulty, replace it.
Handle the front impact sensors very carefully, taking care not to drop them. They must

be replaced if they are dropped.


Replace the sensors with new ones after the air bag has deployed.
Pre-removal Operation
Turn the ignition key to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.

Front impact sensor <LH>


2

10 2 Nm
89 17 in-lb

Battery

ACA03424 AB

<<A>>

1.

Removal steps
Negative () battery cable
Headlight support upper panel
cover (Refer to Group 51, Front
bumper P.51-4)

TSB Revision

Removal steps (Continued)


Air cleaner intake duct (Refer to
Group 15, Air cleaner P.15-6)

52B-368
<<B>>

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


FRONT IMPACT SENSORS
2.
3.

>>A<<
>>B<<

3.
2.

>>C<<

Removal steps (Continued)


Front impact sensor connector
connection
Front impact sensor
Installation steps
Pre-installation inspection
Front impact sensor
Front impact sensor connector
connection
Air cleaner intake duct (Refer to
Group 15, Air cleaner P.15-6)
Headlight support upper panel
cover (Refer to Group 51, Front
bumper P.51-4)
Post-installation inspection

Front impact sensor <RH>


1
2
3

Windshield washer tank assembly

10 2 Nm
89 17 in-lb

ACA03425 AB

<<A>>

1.

<<B>>

2.
3.

Removal steps
Negative () battery cable
Headlight support upper panel
cover (Refer to Group 51, Front
bumper P.51-4)
Front impact sensor connector
connection
Front impact sensor

TSB Revision

>>A<<
>>B<<

2.
1.

>>C<<

Installation steps
Pre-installation inspection
Front impact sensor
Front impact sensor connector
connection
Headlight support upper panel
cover (Refer to Group 51, Front
bumper P.51-4)
Post-installation inspection

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


FRONT IMPACT SENSORS

52B-369

REMOVAL SERVICE POINT


.

<<A>> NEGATIVE () BATTERY CABLE DISCONNECTION


DANGER

Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the battery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
Insulating tape
Battery

Disconnect the negative () battery cable from the battery and


tape the terminal to prevent accidental connection and air
bag(s) deployment.

Battery cable
ACX00583AF

<<B>> FRONT IMPACT SENSOR CONNECTOR


REMOVAL
Push the connector lock of front impact sensor connector to the
direction of the arrow, then unlock and disconnect the connector.
Front impact
sensor

Connector lock

AC904777AF

INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS


.

>>A<< PRE-INSTALLATION INSPECTION


Check the front impact sensor before installation (Refer to
P.52B-370).
.

>>B<< FRONT IMPACT SENSOR INSTALLATION


WARNING

The SRS may not activate properly if a front impact


sensor is not installed properly, which could result in
serious injury or death to the vehicle's driver.
1. Securely connect the connector.

TSB Revision

52B-370

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


FRONT IMPACT SENSORS

2. Position the front impact sensor facing toward the front of


the vehicle as indicated by the arrow on the label, and install
it securely.
.

>>C<< POST-INSTALLATION INSPECTION

<Meter>

SRS warning light

1. Reconnect the negative () battery cable.


2. Turn the ignition key to "ON" position.
3. Does the "SRS" warning light illuminate for approximately
seven seconds, and then go out?
4. If yes, the SRS system is functioning properly.
If not, consult page P.52B-32.

AC905530 AB

INSPECTION

M1524001600987

WARNING

If a dent, crack, deformation or rust is


detected, replace with a new sensor.
NOTE: For checking of the front impact sensor other
than described below, refer to the section concerning
SRS diagnosis (Refer to P.52B-32).

TSB Revision

1. Check the front impact sensor for dents, cracks,


deformation or rust.
2. Binding of wiring harness, damaged connector,
and deformation of terminal
3. Deformation and rust of headlight support panel

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS CONTROL UNIT (SRS-ECU)

52B-371

SRS CONTROL UNIT (SRS-ECU)


REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

M1524002101870

DANGER

The SRS-ECU adopts the rollover specification that the curtain air bag and seat belt pre-tensioner operate at the occurrence of rollover. Therefore, do not tilt the vehicle to the right and
left with the IG ON or tilt the SRS-ECU to the right and left with the IG ON and the harness
installed.
WARNING
Never attempt to disassemble or repair the SRS-ECU. If faulty, replace it.
Do not drop or subject the SRS-ECU to impact or vibration. If denting, cracking, deforma-

tion, or rust are discovered in the SRS-ECU, replace it with a new SRS-ECU.
After deployment of an air bag, replace the SRS-ECU with a new one.
Never use an ohmmeter on or near the SRS-ECU, and use only the special test equipment
described here P.52B-357.
Pre-removal Operation
Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.

10 2 Nm
89 17 in-lb

9.0 2.0 Nm
80 17 in-lb

12 5 Nm
106 44 in-lb

ACA03426 AB

TSB Revision

52B-372
<<A>>

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS CONTROL UNIT (SRS-ECU)
1.

2.
3.
4.
5.

<<B>>

Removal steps
Negative () battery cable
connection
Floor console bracket front (Refer
to GROUP 52A Front Floor
Console Assembly P.52A-9).
SRS-ECU mounting bolt (ground
bolt)
SRS-ECU mounting bolt
SRS-ECU
SRS-ECU harness cover

>>A<<
>>B<<

5.
4.
3.
2.

1.

>>C<<

Installation steps
SRS-ECU harness cover
SRS-ECU
SRS-ECU mounting bolt
SRS-ECU mounting bolt (ground
bolt)
Floor console bracket front (Refer
to GROUP 52A Front Floor
Console Assembly P.52A-9).
Negative () battery cable
connection
Post-installation inspection

REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS


.

<<A>> NEGATIVE () BATTERY CABLE DISCONNECTION


DANGER

Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the battery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
Disconnect the negative battery cable from the battery and tape
the terminal to prevent accidental connection and deployment.

Insulating tape
Battery

Battery cable
ACX00583AF

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS CONTROL UNIT (SRS-ECU)

52B-373

<<B>> SRS-ECU REMOVAL


DANGER

The SRS-ECU adopts the rollover specification that


the curtain air bag and seat belt pre-tensioner operate
at the occurrence of rollover. Therefore, do not tilt the
vehicle to the right and left with the IG ON or tilt the
SRS-ECU to the right and left with the IG ON and the
harness installed.
While pushing the part "A" indicated in the figure of the harness
side connector, turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow
to release the lock lever.

Lock lever
AC905015 AC

INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS


.

>>A << SRS-ECU INSTALLATION


WARNING

The SRS may not activate if the SRS-ECU is not


installed properly, which could result in serious injury
or death to the vehicle's driver or front passenger.
.

>>B<< SRS-ECU MOUNTING BOLT (GROUND


BOLT) INSTALLATION
Check the head mark "E" and install the ground bolt.
Ground bolt head mark

AC105754 AD

TSB Revision

52B-374

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SRS CONTROL UNIT (SRS-ECU)

>>C<< POST-INSTALLATION INSPECTION

<Meter>

SRS warning light

1. Reconnect the negative () battery cable.


2. Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
3. Does the "SRS" warning light illuminate for approximately
seven seconds, and then go out?
4. If yes, the SRS system is functioning properly. If not, refer to
P.52B-32.

AC905530 AB

INSPECTION

M1524002200777

WARNING

If a dent, crack, deformation or rust is discovered, replace the SRS-ECU with a new
one.
Check the SRS-ECU and brackets for dents,
cracks or deformation.

TSB Revision

Check the SRS-ECU connector for damage, and


the terminals for deformation.
NOTE: Refer to P.52B-32 for inspection of SRS-ECU
for other than physical damage.

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


DRIVER'S AIR BAG MODULE AND CLOCK SPRING

52B-375

DRIVER'S AIR BAG MODULE AND CLOCK SPRING


REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

M1524047500669

WARNING
Never attempt to disassemble or repair the air bag modules or clock spring. If faulty,

replace it.
Do not drop the air bag modules or clock spring or allow contact with water, grease or oil.
Replace it if a dent, crack, deformation or rust is detected.
The air bag modules should be stored on a flat surface with the pad cover facing upward.
Do not place anything on top of it.
Do not expose the air bag modules to temperatures over 93C (200F).
After the air bag deployment, replace the air bag module with a new one. Also, check the
clock spring, and replace with a new part if there is an abnormality.
Wear gloves and safety glasses when handling air bags that have already deployed.
Certain components of this vehicle, such as air bag modules and seat belt pre-tensioners,
may contain perchlorate materials. Special handling may apply. For additional information, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
An undeployed air bag module should only be disposed of in accordance with the procedures (Refer to P.52B-412).
When removing and installing the front passenger seat, be sure to carry out accuracy
check of the occupant classification sensor after the seat has been installed in the vehicle
(On-Vehicle Service P.52B-364).
After the installation, perform a calibration for the ASC-ECU to learn the steering wheel
sensor neutral point. (Refer to GROUP 35C, On-vehicle Service Steering Wheel Sensor
Calibration P.35C-273).
Pre-removal operation
Check that the front wheels are at the straight-ahead position.

TSB Revision

52B-376

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


DRIVER'S AIR BAG MODULE AND CLOCK SPRING

Column switch
B

44 11 Nm
32 8 ft-lb

B
A

6
7

AC905017

Section A - A

Section B - B

C
Claw

Claw

2
Section C - C

Driver air bag


module bracket

Steering wheel
lower cover

9.5 2.5 Nm
84 22 in-lb
ACA03542
ACA03427AB

<<A>>
<<B>>

1.
2.
3.
4.

<<C>>
>>A<<

>>C<<
>>D<<
<<A>>
<<C>>

4.
3.
2.

2.
3.
4.
5.

<<D>>

6.

<<E>>

7.
8.

Driver's air bag module removal


steps
Negative () battery cable
Driver's air bag module
Horn connector
Driver's air bag module connector
Driver's air bag module
installation steps
Pre-installation inspection
Driver's air bag module connector
Horn connector
Driver's air bag module
Post-installation inspection
Clock spring removal steps
Driver's air bag module
Horn connector
Driver's air bag module connector
Steering wheel remote control
harness connector
Steering wheel assembly
Steering column lower, upper cover
(Refer to Group 37 Steering
Column shaft assembly P.37-82).
Clock spring
Steering wheel sensor (Refer to
Group 35C Steering wheel sensor
P.35C-284).

TSB Revision

>>A<<
8.

>>B<<

7.

>>C<<

6.
5.

>>D<<

4.
3.
2.

Clock spring installation steps


Pre-installation inspection
Steering wheel sensor (Refer to
Group 35C Steering wheel sensor
P.35C-284).
Clock spring
Steering column lower, upper cover
(Refer to Group 37 Steering
Column shaft assembly P.37-82).
Steering wheel assembly
Steering wheel remote control
harness connector
Driver's air bag module connector
Horn connector
Driver's air bag module
Post-installation inspection

Required Special Tools:


MB990784: Ornament Remover
MB990803: Steering Wheel Puller
MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
MB991824:Vehicle Communication Interface(V.C.I.)
MB991827:M.U.T.-III USB Cable
MB991910:M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
MB992006: Extra Fine Probe

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


DRIVER'S AIR BAG MODULE AND CLOCK SPRING

52B-377

REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS


.

<<A>> NEGATIVE () BATTERY CABLE DISCONNECTION


DANGER

Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the battery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
Insulating tape
Battery

Disconnect the negative () battery cable from the battery and


tape the terminal to prevent accidental connection and air
bag(s) deployment.
.

<<B>> DRIVER'S AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL

Battery cable
ACX00583AF

CAUTION
Never use an electric tester to diagnose the air bag
module circuit. Never attempt to disassemble the air
bag module.
Be sure to store the removed air bag module in a clean
and dry place with a pad surface facing upward.
When discarding the air bag module, discard after
deploying the air bag as specified in the service procedure (Refer to P.52B-412).
Using t-type long torx wrench (T30), a torx screw is loosened
completely and removed.

Equal to or more than


40mm (1.6 inch).

AC608854
AC609541AB
.

<<C>> DRIVER'S AIR BAG MODULE


CONNECTOR REMOVAL
Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button of
wiring harness side connector, and release the lock.

Locking button

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
Driver's air bag module
harness side connector
ACA03543AB
.

TSB Revision

52B-378

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


DRIVER'S AIR BAG MODULE AND CLOCK SPRING

<<D>> STEERING WHEEL ASSEMBLY REMOVAL


CAUTION
Use the special tool to remove the steering wheel since the
steering column collision absorbing mechanism may be
damaged.
1. Position the steering wheel in a straight ahead direction.
2. Using special tool steering wheel puller (MB990803),
remove the steering wheel assembly as shown in the figure.

MB990803

AC607307AB
.

<<E>> CLOCK SPRING REMOVAL

Clock spring

CAUTION
The removed clock spring should be stored in a clean, dry
place.
Lift the connector lock of clock spring connector to the direction
of the arrow, then unlock and disconnect the connector.

Paddle shift
Connector lock

AC904863 AC

INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS


.

>>A<< PRE-INSTALLATION INSPECTION


WARNING

Dispose of air bag modules only according to the


specified procedure (Refer to P.52B-412).
1. When installing the new air bag modules and clock spring,
refer to INSPECTION (P.52B-380).
2. Connect the negative () battery cable.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
3. Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
5. Check DTCs using scan tool MB991958 to ensure entire
SRS operates properly.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


DRIVER'S AIR BAG MODULE AND CLOCK SPRING

52B-379

At this time, check that no DTC except B1401 and B1481


are set.

DANGER

Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the battery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
6. Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Disconnect the negative () battery cable and tape the
terminal to prevent accidental connection and air bags
deployment.
.

>>B<< CLOCK SPRING INSTALLATION


CAUTION
If the center of the clock spring is not correctly aligned,
the steering wheel may not be turned fully or the cable
inside the clock spring may be broken, causing the
SRS airbag to be inoperative or operated incorrectly.
When aligning the clock spring neutral position mark,
perform with the clock spring independently. If performed with the steering wheel sensor installed, the
steering wheel sensor may be damaged.
Align the mating marks of the clock spring.
<Alignment of mating marks>
(1) Turn the clock spring clockwise fully.
(2) Turn the clock spring anti-clockwise approximately two
and 9/10 turns to align the mating marks.
(3) Check that the orange roller can be seen from the
window for checking the neutral point when the mating
marks are aligned.
NOTE: If the orange roller cannot be seen or black roller
can be seen, the neutral point is not aligned correctly.
(4) Install the clock spring to the column switch.

Mark for
checking
neutral point

Mating marks

ACA03529AB

TSB Revision

52B-380

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


DRIVER'S AIR BAG MODULE AND CLOCK SPRING

>>C<< STEERING WHEEL ASSEMBLY


INSTALLATION
CAUTION
When installing the steering wheel assembly, do not trap
the clock spring harness.
1. After checking that the clock spring center alignment is
already performed, install the steering wheel assembly so
that its boss part is aligned with the rib of the clock spring
slowly.
2. After the installation, check that there is no abnormality
when the steering wheel is fully turned to left and right.

Rib for engagement


with steering
wheel assembly

ACA03541AB
.

>>D<< POST-INSTALLATION INSPECTION

<Meter>

SRS warning light

1. Reconnect the negative () battery cable.


2. Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
3. Does the "SRS" warning light illuminate for approximately
seven seconds, and go out?
4. If yes, the SRS system is functioning properly. If not, refer to
P.52B-32.

AC905530 AB

INSPECTION

M1524047600268
.

AIR BAG MODULE CHECK


DANGER

Never attempt to measure the circuit resistance of the


air bag modules (squib), even if you are using the
specified tester. If the circuit resistance is measured
with a tester, accidental air bag deployment will
result, and possible serious personal injury.
WARNING

If any component damage is found during the following inspection, replace the air bag module with a new
one. Dispose of the old one according to the specified
procedure (Refer to P.52B-412).
1. Check the pad cover for dents, cracks or deformation.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


DRIVER'S AIR BAG MODULE AND CLOCK SPRING

52B-381

2. Check the connectors for damage, the terminals for


deformation, and the harness for binding.
3. Check the air bag inflator case for dents, cracks or
deformation.
4. Install the air bag module to the steering wheel and check fit
and alignment with the steering wheel.

Inflator

Squib
connectors
ACA03012 AB
.

CLOCK SPRING

Case

C-304
Horn/audio remote
control/cruise
control connector
C-304/C-312

C-312

Driver's air bag


module connector

Protective
tube
ACA03431AB

If any malfunction is found in the following inspections, replace


the clock spring with a new one.
1. Check the connectors and protective tubes for damage and
the terminal for deformation.
2. Check the case for damage.
3. Check that the continuity exists between the following
connector terminals.
C-312 connector terminal 1 and C-304 connector terminal 1
C-312 connector terminal 2 and C-304 connector terminal 2
C-312 connector terminal 3 and C-304 connector terminal 3
C-312 connector terminal 5 and C-304 connector terminal 5
C-312 connector terminal 6 and C-304 connector terminal 6
C-312 connector terminal 7 and C-304 connector terminal 7
4. As shown in the Figure, connect the circuit tester to special
tool extra fine probe (MB992006) and check to see that
there is a charge between the terminals.

Digital
multi-meter

Extra fine probe


(MB992006)

Clock spring

ACA03432 AB

TSB Revision

52B-382

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


PASSENGER'S (FRONT) AIR BAG MODULE

PASSENGER'S (FRONT) AIR BAG MODULE


REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

M1524047300353

WARNING
Never attempt to disassemble or repair the air bag modules. If faulty, replace it.
Do not drop the air bag modules or allow contact with water, grease or oil. Replace it if a

dent, crack, deformation or rust is detected.


The air bag modules should be stored on a flat surface with the pad cover facing upward.
Do not place anything on top of it.
Do not expose the air bag modules to temperatures over 93C (200F).
After the air bag deployment, replace the air bag module with a new one.
Wear gloves and safety glasses when handling air bags that have already deployed.
Certain components of this vehicle, such as air bag modules and seat belt pre-tensioners,
may contain perchlorate materials. Special handling may apply. For additional information, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
An undeployed air bag module should only be disposed of in accordance with the procedures (Refer to P.52B-412).
When removing and installing the front passenger seat, be sure to carry out accuracy
check of the occupant classification sensor after the seat has been installed in the vehicle
(On-Vehicle Service P.52B-364).
Pre-removal Operation
Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.

2
5.0 1.0 Nm
44 8 in-lb
ACA00358 AB

<<A>>
<<B>>

1.
2.

<<C>>

3.

Removal steps
Negative () battery cable
Passengers (front) air bag module
connector
Side defroster duct (Refer to
GROUP 52A Instrument Panel
Assembly P.52A-3).
Passengers (front) air bag module

>>A<<

2.
>>B<<

Required Special Tools:


MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface(V.C.I.)

TSB Revision

3.

1.

Installation steps
Pre-installation inspection
Passengers (front) air bag module
Side defroster duct (Refer to
GROUP 52A Instrument Panel
Assembly P.52A-3).
Passengers (front) air bag module
connector
Negative () battery cable
Post-installation inspection

MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable


MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


PASSENGER'S (FRONT) AIR BAG MODULE

52B-383

REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS


.

<<A>> NEGATIVE () BATTERY CABLE DISCONNECTION


DANGER

Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the battery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
Insulating tape
Battery

Disconnect the negative () battery cable from the battery and


tape the terminal to prevent accidental connection and air
bag(s) deployment.

Battery cable
ACX00583AF

<<B>> PASSENGER'S (FRONT) AIR BAG


MODULE CONNECTOR REMOVAL
Passenger's (front)
air bag module
connector

1. Remove the grove box cover (Refer to GROUP 52A, Glove


Box P.52A-6).
2. Slide the outer housing of the harness side connector in the
arrow direction shown, and disconnect the connector.

Deck
crossmember

Outer housing of
the harness side
connector
AC904912 AC
.

TSB Revision

52B-384

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


PASSENGER'S (FRONT) AIR BAG MODULE

<<C>> PASSENGER'S (FRONT) AIR BAG


MODULE REMOVAL
WARNING
The air bag module must not be measured with

such equipment as an ohmmeter.


The air bag module must not be disassembled.
The removed air bag module should be stored in a
clean, dry place with the deployment surface facing up.
Insert a flat-tipped screwdriver or similar tool to the location
shown in the figure. After disengaging the tabs, remove the
passenger's (front) air bag module.
Flat-tipped
screwdriver

Passenger's (front)
air bag module
ACA00360 AB

INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS


.

>>A<< PRE-INSTALLATION INSPECTION


WARNING

Dispose of air bag modules only according to the


specified procedure (Refer to P.52B-412).
1. When installing the new air bag modules, refer to
INSPECTION (P.52B-385).
2. Connect the negative () battery cable.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
3. Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
5. Check DTCs using scan tool MB991958 to ensure entire
SRS operates properly.
At this time, check that no DTC except B1411 and B1491
are set.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


PASSENGER'S (FRONT) AIR BAG MODULE

52B-385

DANGER

Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the battery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
6. Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Disconnect the negative () battery cable and tape the
terminal to prevent accidental connection and air bags
deployment.
.

>>B<< POST-INSTALLATION INSPECTION

<Meter>

SRS warning light

1. Reconnect the negative () battery cable.


2. Turn the ignition switch to ON position.
3. Does the "SRS" warning light illuminate for approximately
seven seconds, and go out?
4. If yes, the SRS system is functioning properly. If not, refer to
P.52B-32.

AC905530 AB

INSPECTION

M1524047400123

CAUTION
Never measure circuit resistance in the air bag modules
(squib) even with the specified tester. Measuring the
circuit resistance with a tester causes accidental air
bag deployment due to current that flows or static,
resulting in serious personal injury.
When replacing the parts, discard the old parts after
deploying the air bag according to the specified procedure (Refer to P.52B-412).
If any malfunction is found in the following inspections, replace
the air bag module with a new one.
1. Check the harness and connector for damage and the terminal for deformation.
2. Check the air bag inflator cases for dents, cracks or deformation.
3. Check the air bag module for proper installation.

Inflator

Squib connectors

AC905161 AC

TSB Revision

52B-386

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


KNEE AIR BAG MODULE

KNEE AIR BAG MODULE


REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

M1524044000308

WARNING
Never attempt to disassemble or repair the knee air bag modules. If faulty, replace it.
Do not drop the knee air bag modules or allow contact with water, grease or oil. Replace it

if a dent, crack, deformation or rust is detected.


Do not expose the knee air bag modules to temperatures over 93C (200F).
After the air bag deployment, replace the air bag module with a new one.
Wear gloves and safety glasses when handling air bags that have already deployed.
Certain components of this vehicle, such as air bag modules and seat belt pre-tensioners,
may contain perchlorate materials. Special handling may apply. For additional information, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
An undeployed knee air bag module should only be disposed of in accordance with the
procedures (Refer to P.52B-412).
When removing and installing the front passenger seat, be sure to carry out accuracy
check occupant classification sensor after the seat has been installed in the vehicle
(On-vehicle Service P.52B-364).
Pre-removal Operation
Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.

5.0 1.0 Nm
44 87 in-lb

<<A>>

1.

<<B>>
<<C>>

2.
2.

Removal steps
Negative () battery cable
connection
Instrument panel lower (Refer to
GROUP 52A, Instrument Lower
Panel P.52A-8).
Knee air bag module connector
Knee air bag module

TSB Revision

2
>>A<<
>>B<<
>>C<<

>>D<<

3.
2.

1.

ACA03433 AB

Installation steps
Pre-installation inspection
Knee air bag module
Knee air bag module connector
Instrument panel lower (Refer to
GROUP 52A, Instrument Lower
Panel P.52A-8).
Negative () battery cable
Post-installation inspection

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


KNEE AIR BAG MODULE

52B-387

REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS


.

<<A>> NEGATIVE () BATTERY CABLE DISCONNECTION


DANGER

Insulating tape
Battery

Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the battery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
Battery cable
ACX00583AF

Disconnect the negative () battery cable from the battery and


tape the terminal to prevent accidental connection and seat belt
pre-tensioner operation.
.

<<B>> KNEE AIR BAG MODULE CONNECTOR


REMOVAL
Harness
side connector

Locking
button

Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button of


wiring harness side connector, and release the lock.
.

<<C>> KNEE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL


WARNING
The air bag module must not be measured with

such equipment as an ohmmeter.


The air bag module must not be disassembled.
The removed air bag module should be stored in a
clean, dry place with the deployment surface facing up.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC609126 AJ

INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS


.

>>A<< PRE-INSTALLATION INSPECTION


WARNING

Dispose of knee air bag module only according to the


specified procedure (Refer to P.52B-412).
1. When installing the new knee air bag module, refer to
INSPECTION (P.52B-389).
2. Connect the negative () battery cable.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
3. Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
5. Check DTCs using scan tool MB991958 to ensure entire
SRS operates properly.
At this time, check that no DTC except B1632 is set.

TSB Revision

52B-388

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


KNEE AIR BAG MODULE

DANGER

Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the battery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
6. Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Disconnect the negative () battery cable and tape the
terminal to prevent accidental connection and air bag
deployment.
.

>>B<< KNEE AIR BAG MODULE INSTALLATION


CAUTION
Take care not to bend or distort the knee air bag when
installing it.
Take care that the surrounding components do not trap
the air bag.
Take care that the front pillar trim clips or other parts do
not interfere with the strap.
Connect the knee air bag module connector, then securely lock
the locking button of the harness-side connector.
.

>>C<< KNEE AIR BAG MODULE CONNECTOR


INSTALLATION
CAUTION
Connect the connector to the inflator thoroughly.
.

>>D<< POST-INSTALLATION INSPECTION

<Meter>

SRS warning light

1. Connect the negative () battery cable.


2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
3. Does the "SRS" warning light illuminate for approximately
seven seconds, and go out?
4. If yes, the SRS system is functioning properly. If not, refer to
P.52B-32.

AC905530 AB

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


KNEE AIR BAG MODULE

INSPECTION

52B-389
M1524044100112

KNEE AIR BAG MODULE CHECK


DANGER

Never attempt to measure the circuit resistance of the


air bag modules (squib), even if you are using the
specified tester. If the circuit resistance is measured
with a tester, accidental air bag deployment will
result, and possible serious personal injury.
WARNING

If any component damage is found during the following inspection, replace the air bag module with a new
one. Dispose of the old one according to the specified
procedure (Refer to P.52B-412).
1. Check the inflator surface for cracks, dents or deformations.
2. Check the air bag for breakage.
3. Check the connector for damage, the terminal for
deformation and the harness for binding.

Squib
connectors
Inflator
AC905433 AB

TSB Revision

52B-390

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SIDE-AIRBAG MODULE(S)

SIDE-AIRBAG MODULE(S)
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

M1524036500739

WARNING
Never attempt to disassemble or repair the side-air bag modules. If faulty, replace it.
Do not drop the side-air bag modules or allow contact with water, grease or oil. Replace it

if a dent, crack, deformation or rust is detected.


Do not expose the side-air bag modules to temperatures over 93C (200F).
After the air bag deployment, replace the air bag module with a new one.
Wear gloves and safety glasses when handling air bags that have already deployed.
Certain components of this vehicle, such as air bag modules and seat belt pre-tensioners,
may contain perchlorate materials. Special handling may apply. For additional information, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
An undeployed side-air bag module should only be disposed of in accordance with the
procedures (Refer to P.52B-412).
When removing and installing the front passenger seat, be sure to carry out accuracy
check occupant classification sensor after the seat has been installed in the vehicle
(On-vehicle Service P.52B-364).
Pre-removal Operation
Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.

1
2

ACA03544
ACA03438 AB

<<A>>

1.

<<B>>

2.

Removal steps
Negative () battery cable
Front seat assembly (Refer to
Group 52AFront seat assembly
P.52A-42)
Front seatback frame assembly
(with side-airbag module) (Refer to
Group 52AFront seat assembly
P.52A-46)

>>A<<

>>B<<

TSB Revision

2.

1.

Installation steps
Pre-installation inspection
Front seatback frame assembly
(with side-airbag module) (Refer to
Group 52AFront seat assembly
P.52A-46)
Front seat assembly (Refer to
Group 52AFront seat assembly
P.52A-42)
Negative () battery cable
Post-installation inspection

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SIDE-AIRBAG MODULE(S)

52B-391

REMOVAL SERVICE POINT


.

<<A>> NEGATIVE () BATTERY CABLE DISCONNECTION


DANGER

Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the battery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
Insulating tape
Battery

Disconnect the negative () battery cable from the battery and


tape the terminal to prevent accidental connection and air
bag(s) deployment.
.

<<B>> FRONT SEATBACK FRAME (WITH


SIDE-AIRBAG MODULE) REMOVAL
Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly.

CAUTION
When replacing the side-airbag module, replace the
seat frame assembly.
Never use an electric tester to diagnose the air bag
module circuit. Never attempt to disassemble the air
bag module.
Store the removed seatback frame assembly in a clean
and dry place.
When discarding the air bag module, discard after
deploying the air bag as specified in the service procedure (Refer to P.52B-412).

Battery cable
ACX00583AF

INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS


.

>>A<< PRE-INSTALLATION INSPECTION


WARNING

Dispose of side-air bag modules only according to


the specified procedure (Refer to P.52B-412).
1. When installing the new side-air bag modules, refer to
INSPECTION (P.52B-393).
2. Connect the negative () battery cable.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
3. Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
5. Check DTCs using scan tool MB991958 to ensure entire
SRS operates properly.
At this time, check that no DTC except B1421, B1431 are
set.

TSB Revision

52B-392

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SIDE-AIRBAG MODULE(S)

DANGER

Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the battery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
6. Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Disconnect the negative () battery cable and tape the
terminal to prevent accidental connection and air bags
deployment.
.

>>B<< POST-INSTALLATION INSPECTION

<Meter>

SRS warning light

1. Reconnect the negative () battery cable.


2. Turn the ignition switch to ON position.
3. Does the "SRS" warning light illuminate for approximately
seven seconds, and go out?
4. If yes, the SRS system is functioning properly. If not, refer to
P.52B-32.

AC905530 AB

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SIDE-AIRBAG MODULE(S)

INSPECTION

52B-393
M1524036600231

FRONT SEATBACK ASSEMBLY WITH


SIDE-AIRBAG MODULE CHECK
DANGER

Never attempt to measure the circuit resistance of the


air bag module (squib), even if you are using the
specified tester. If the circuit resistance is measured
with a tester, accidental air bag deployment will
result, and possible serious personal injury.
WARNING

If any improper part is found during the following


inspection, replace the front seatback assembly with
a new one. Dispose of the old one according to the
specified procedure (Refer to P.52B-412).
Side-airbag module
deployment section

1. Check the air bag module deployment section for dents or


deformation.
2. Check the connector for damage, the terminals for
deformation, and the harness for binding.

AC507151AB

TSB Revision

52B-394

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE(S)

CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE(S)


REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

M1524013500716

WARNING
Never attempt to disassemble or repair the curtain air bag modules. If faulty, replace it.
Do not drop the curtain air bag modules or allow contact with water, grease or oil. Replace

it if a dent, crack, deformation or rust is detected.


Do not expose the curtain air bag modules to temperatures over 93C (200F).
Wear gloves and safety glasses when handling air bags that have already deployed.
Certain components of this vehicle, such as air bag modules, may contain perchlorate
materials. Special handling may apply. For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
An undeployed curtain air bag module should only be disposed of in accordance with the
procedures (Refer to P.52B-412).
When removing and installing the front passenger seat, be sure to carry out accuracy
check occupant classification sensor after the seat has been installed in the vehicle.
(On-vehicle Service P.52B-364.)
Pre-removal Operation
Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.

1
3
2

10 4 Nm
89 35 in-lb
10 4 Nm
89 35 in-lb
ACA03439 AB

<<A>>
<<B>>
<<C>>

Removal steps
1. Negative () battery cable connection
Headlining (Refer to GROUP 52A,
Headlining P.52A-20).
2. Curtain air bag module connector
connection
3. Curtain air bag module

TSB Revision

INSTALLATION STEPS

>>A<< Pre-installation inspection


>>B<< 3. Curtain air bag module
>>C<< 2. Curtain air bag module connector
connection
Headlining (Refer to GROUP 52A,
Headlining P.52A-20).
1. Negative () battery cable connection
>>D<< Post-installation inspection

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE(S)

52B-395

REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS


.

<<A>> NEGATIVE () BATTERY CABLE DISCONNECTION


DANGER

Insulating tape
Battery

Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the battery cable before doing any further work. (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
Battery cable
ACX00583AF

Disconnect the negative () battery cable from the battery and


tape the terminal to prevent accidental connection and seat belt
pre-tensioner operation.
.

<<B>> CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE CONNECTOR


REMOVAL
Curtain air bag wiring
harness connector

Locking
button

Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button of


wiring harness side connector, and release the lock.
.

<<C>> CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL


Inflator

WARNING
The air bag module must not be measured with

such equipment as an ohmmeter.


The air bag module must not be disassembled.
The removed air bag module should be stored in a
clean, dry place with the deployment surface facing up.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC905436 AB

INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS


.

>>A<< PRE-INSTALLATION INSPECTION


WARNING

Dispose of curtain air bag module only according to


the specified procedure. (Refer to P.52B-24).
1. When installing the new curtain air bag module, refer to
INSPECTION (P.52B-397).
2. Connect the negative () battery cable.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
3. Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
5. Check DTCs using scan tool MB991958 to ensure entire
SRS operates properly.
At this time, check that no DTC except B441 and B1451 are
set.

TSB Revision

52B-396

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE(S)

DANGER

Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the battery cable before doing any further work. (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
6. Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Disconnect the negative () battery cable and tape the
terminal to prevent accidental connection and seat belt
pre-tensioner operation.
.

>>B<< CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE


INSTALLATION
CAUTION
Take care not to bend or distort the curtain air bag
when installing it.
Take care that the surrounding components do not trap
the air bag.
Take care that the front pillar trim clips or other parts do
not interfere with the strap.
.

>>C<< CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE CONNECTOR


CONNECTION
Connect the curtain air bag module connector, then securely
lock the locking button of the harness-side connector.
.

>>D<< POST-INSTALLATION INSPECTION

<Meter>

SRS warning light

1. Connect the negative () battery cable.


2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
3. Does the "SRS" warning light illuminate for approximately
seven seconds, and go out?
4. If yes, the SRS system is functioning properly. If not, refer to
P.52B-32.

AC905530 AB

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE(S)

INSPECTION

52B-397
M1524013600326

CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE CHECK


DANGER

Never attempt to measure the circuit resistance of the


air bag modules (squib), even if you are using the
specified tester. If the circuit resistance is measured
with a tester, accidental air bag deployment will
result, and possible serious personal injury.

Inflator

WARNING

Curtain air bag module


deployment section
AC905565AC

If any component damage is found during the following inspection, replace the air bag module with a new
one. Dispose of the old one according to the specified
procedure (Refer to P.52B-412).
1. Check that the curtain air bag deployment part of the
headlining is normal.
2. Check the inflator surface for cracks, dents or deformations.
3. Check the air bag for breakage.
4. Check the connector for damage, the terminal for
deformation and the harness for binding.

TSB Revision

52B-398

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SIDE IMPACT SENSOR

SIDE IMPACT SENSOR


REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

M1524004601451

WARNING
Never attempt to disassemble or repair the side impact sensor. If faulty, replace it.
Do not drop or subject the side impact sensor to impact or vibration. Replace the side

impact sensor, if dents, cracking, deformation, or rust are present.


Replace the side impact sensor after the side and curtain air bag has deployed.
Pre-removal Operation
Turn the ignition key to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.

<Rear>
Forward

<Front>

Center pillar trim lower


Forward
10 2 Nm
89 17 in-lb

10 2 Nm
89 17 in-lb

3
3

ACA03519

ACA03440 AB

<<A>>

1.

2.
3.

<<B>>

>>A<<

3.

>>B<<

2.

Side impact sensor (front)


removal steps
Negative () battery cable
connection
Seat belt with pre-tensioner (Refer
to P.52B-401).
Center pillar trim lower (Refer to
GROUP 52A Interior Trim
P.52A-13).
Side impact sensor (front)
Side impact sensor (front)
connector
Side impact sensor (front)
installation steps
Pre-installation inspection
Side impact sensor (front)
connector
Side impact sensor (front)

TSB Revision

1.

>>C<<
<<A>>

1.

Side impact sensor (front)


installation steps (Continued)
Center pillar trim lower (Refer to
GROUP 52A Interior Trim
P.52A-13).
Seat belt with pre-tensioner (Refer
to P.52B-401).
Negative () battery cable
connection
Post-installation inspection
Side impact sensor (rear)
removal steps
Negative () battery cable
connection
Quarter trim, lower (Refer to
GROUP 52A, Interior Trim
P.52A-13.)

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SIDE IMPACT SENSOR

2.
3.

<<B>>

>>A<<

3.

>>B<<

2.

1.

>>C<<

52B-399

Side impact sensor (rear)


removal steps (Continued)
Side impact sensor (rear)
Side impact sensor (rear)
connector connection
Side impact sensor (Rear)
installation steps
Pre-installation inspection
Side impact sensor (rear)
connector connection
Side impact sensor (rear)
Quarter trim, lower (Refer to
GROUP 52A, Interior Trim
P.52A-13).
Negative () battery cable
connection
Post-installation inspection

NOTE: The illustration above shows the side impact


sensor (LH). The position of the side impact sensor
(RH) is symmetrical to this.

REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS


.

<<A>> NEGATIVE () BATTERY CABLE DISCONNECTION


DANGER

Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the battery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
Insulating tape
Battery

Disconnect the negative () battery cable from the battery and


tape the terminal to prevent accidental connection and air bag
deployment.

Battery cable
ACX00583AF

TSB Revision

52B-400

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SIDE IMPACT SENSOR

<<B>> SIDE IMPACT SENSOR CONNECTOR


REMOVAL
Push the connector lock of side impact sensor connector to the
direction of the arrow, then unlock and disconnect the connector.
Side impact
sensor

Connector lock

AC904777AG

INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS


.

>>A<< PRE-INSTALLATION INSPECTION


Check the side impact sensor for dents, breakage and bending
and measure the resistance between the terminals, even when
installing a new side impact sensor.
.

>>B <<SIDE IMPACT SENSOR INSTALLATION


WARNING

If the side impact sensor is not installed securely and


correctly, the side-air bag may not operate normally.
Securely connect the connector.
.

>>C<< POST-INSTALLATION INSPECTION

<Meter>

SRS warning light

1. Reconnect the negative () battery cable.


2. Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
3. Does the "SRS" warning light illuminate for approximately
seven seconds, and go out?
4. If yes, the SRS system is functioning properly. If not, refer to
P.52B-32.

AC905530 AB

INSPECTION

M1524004700790

WARNING

If a dent, crack, deformation or rust is


detected, replace with a new sensor.
NOTE: For checking of the side impact sensor other
than described below, refer to the section concerning
SRS diagnosis (Refer to P.52B-32 ).

TSB Revision

1. Check the side impact sensor and bracket for


dents, cracks or deformation.
2. Check the connector for damage, and terminals
for deformation.
3. Check that there is no bending or corrosion in the
center pillar.

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SEAT BELTS WITH PRE-TENSIONER

52B-401

SEAT BELTS WITH PRE-TENSIONER


REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

M1524004101779

WARNING
Never attempt to disassemble or repair the seat belt pre-tensioner. If faulty, replace it.
Be extremely careful when handling the seat with pre-tensioner. Do not subject it to

shocks, drop it, bring it close to strong magnets or allow contact with water, grease or oil.
Always replace it with a new part if any dents, cracks or deformation is found.
Do not place anything on the seat belt pre-tensioner.
Do not expose the seat belt pre-tensioner to temperatures over 90C (194F).
After operating the seat belt pre-tensioner, replace the seat belt pre-tensioner with a new
part.
Gloves and protective goggles must be worn when handling a seat belt pre-tensioner
once it has been used.
Certain components of this vehicle, such as seat belt pre-tensioners, may contain perchlorate materials. Special handling may apply. For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
If disposing of a seat belt with pre-tensioner which has not yet been operated, its seat belt
pre-tensioner must be operated first before disposal. (Refer to P.52B-412).
When removing and installing the front passenger seat belt, be sure to carry out accuracy
check of the occupant classification sensor after the seat has been installed in the vehicle. (On-Vehicle Service P.52B-364.)

TSB Revision

52B-402

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SEAT BELTS WITH PRE-TENSIONER

Pre-removal Operation
Turn the ignition key to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.

1
4
3
43 8 Nm
32 5 ft-lb

5.0 1.0 Nm
44 8 in-lb
43 8 Nm
32 5 ft-lb

5
43 8 Nm
32 5 ft-lb

ACA00681AC

<<A>>

1.
2.

3.

<<B>>
<<C>>

4.
5.
6.

Removal steps
Negative () battery cable
connection
Outer seat belt mounting bolt
Front scuff plate, scuff plate rear,
center pillar trim lower (Refer to
GROUP 52A Interior Trim
P.52A-13).
Center pillar trim upper cap (Refer
to GROUP 52A Interior Trim
P.52A-13).
Center pillar trim upper
Seat belt pre-tensioner connector
Seat belt with pre-tensioner

>>A<<

2.
1.
>>B<<

Required Special Tools:


MB991958: Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
MB991824:Vehicle Communication Interface(V.C.I.)

TSB Revision

6.
5.
4.
3.

Installation steps
Pre-installation inspection
Seat belt with pre-tensioner
Seat belt pre-tensioner connector
Center pillar trim upper
Center pillar trim upper cap (Refer
to GROUP 52A Interior Trim
P.52A-13).
Front scuff plate, scuff plate rear,
center pillar trim lower (Refer to
GROUP 52A Interior Trim
P.52A-13).
Outer seat belt mounting bolt
Negative () battery cable
connection
Post-installation inspection

MB991827:M.U.T.-III USB Cable


MB991910:M.U.T.-III Main Harness A

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SEAT BELTS WITH PRE-TENSIONER

52B-403

REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS


.

<<A>> NEGATIVE () BATTERY CABLE DISCONNECTION


DANGER

Insulating tape
Battery

Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the battery cable before doing any further work. (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
Battery cable
ACX00583AF

Disconnect the negative () battery cable from the battery and


tape the terminal to prevent accidental connection and seat belt
pre-tensioner operation.
.

<<B>> SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER


CONNECTOR DISCONNECTION
Seat belt pre-tensioner
harness side connector

Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button of


wiring harness side connector, and release the lock.

Locking
button

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904862 AC

<<C>> SEAT BELT WITH PRE-TENSIONER


REMOVAL
CAUTION
When discarding the seat belt with pre-tensioner, discard
after operating the pre-tensioner as specified in the service procedure. (Refer to P.52B-412.)

INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS


.

>>A<< PRE-INSTALLATION INSPECTION


WARNING

Dispose of seat belt pre-tensioner only according to


the specified procedure. (Refer to P.52B-412).
1. When installing the new seat belt pre-tensioner, refer to
INSPECTION (P.52B-405).
2. Connect the negative () battery cable.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
3. Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.

TSB Revision

52B-404

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SEAT BELTS WITH PRE-TENSIONER

4. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.


5. Check DTCs using scan tool MB991958 to ensure entire
SRS operates properly.
At this time, check that no DTC except B1608 and B1C49
are set.

DANGER

Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the battery cable before doing any further work. (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
6. Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Disconnect the negative () battery cable and tape the
terminal to prevent accidental connection and seat belt
pre-tensioner operation.
.

>>B<< PRE-TENSIONER CONNECTOR


CONNECTION
Connect the pre-tensioner connector then securely lock the
locking button of the harness-side connector.
.

>>C<< POST-INSTALLATION INSPECTION

<Meter>

SRS warning light

1. Reconnect the negative () battery cable.


2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
3. Does the "SRS" warning light illuminate for approximately
seven seconds, and go out?
4. If yes, the SRS system is functioning properly. If not, refer to
P.52B-32.

AC905530 AB

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SEAT SLIDE SENSOR

INSPECTION

52B-405
M1524004200803

WARNING
If any component damage is found during the fol-

lowing inspection, replace the seat belt with


pre-tensioner with a new one. Dispose of the old
one according to the specified procedure (Refer to
P.52B-412).
Never attempt to measure the circuit resistance of
the seat belt pre-tensioner even if you are using
the specified tester. If the circuit resistance is measured with a tester, accidental seat belt pre-tensioner operation will result in serious personal
injury.
1. Check seat belt pre-tensioner for dents, cracks or
deformation.
2. Check the connectors for damage, the terminals for
deformation, and the harness for binding.

SEAT SLIDE SENSOR


REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

M1524025300203

WARNING
Never attempt to disassemble or repair the seat slide sensor. If faulty, replace it.
Do not drop or subject the seat slide sensor to impact or vibration. Replace the seat slide

sensor, if dents, cracking, deformation, or rust are present.


Pre-removal Operation
Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.

Seat slide sensor

ACA03527AB

TSB Revision

52B-406
<<A>>

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SEAT SLIDE SENSOR
1.

Removal steps
Negative () battery cable
Front seat cushion frame <Drivers
side> (Seat slide sensor) (Refer to
GROUP 52A, Front seat assembly
P.52A-42)

>>A<<

>>B<<

1.

Installation steps
Pre-installation inspection
Front seat cushion frame <Drivers
side> (Seat slide sensor) (Refer to
GROUP 52A, Front seat assembly
P.52A-42)
Negative () battery cable
Post-installation inspection

REMOVAL SERVICE POINT


.

<<A>> NEGATIVE () BATTERY CABLE DISCONNECTION


DANGER

Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the battery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
Insulating tape
Battery

Disconnect the negative () battery cable from the battery and


tape the terminal to prevent accidental connection and air
bag(s) deployment.

Battery cable
ACX00583AF

INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS


.

>>A<< PRE-INSTALLATION INSPECTION


Check the seat slide sensor for dents, breakage and bending
and measure the resistance between the terminals, even when
installing a new seat slide sensor.
.

>>B<< POST-INSTALLATION INSPECTION


1. Reconnect the negative () battery cable.
2. Turn the ignition key to "ON" position.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SEAT SLIDE SENSOR
<Meter>

SRS warning light

52B-407

3. Does the "SRS" warning light illuminate for approximately


seven seconds, and then go out?
4. If yes, the SRS system is functioning properly.
If not, consult page P.52B-32.

AC905530 AB

INSPECTION

M1524025400147

WARNING

If a dent, crack, deformation or rust is detected,


replace with a new sensor.
NOTE: For checking of the seat slide sensor other than
described below, refer to the section concerning SRS diagnosis
(Refer to P.52B-32).
1. Check the seat slide sensor for dent, cracks or deformation.
2. Check the connector for damage, and terminals for
deformation.
3. Check that there is no bending or corrosion in the slide
adjuster.

TSB Revision

52B-408

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION-ECU

OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION-ECU
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

M1524053100013

WARNING

Never attempt to disassemble or repair the occupant classification-ECU. If faulty, replace

it.
Do not drop or subject the occupant classification-ECU to impact or vibration. Replace
the occupant classification-ECU, if dents, cracking, deformation, or rust are present.
Pre-removal Operation
Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.

Occupant
classification-ECU

ACA03528AB

<<A>>

1.

Removal steps
Negative () battery cable
Front seat cushion frame <Drivers
side> (Occupant
classification-ECU) (Refer to
GROUP 52A, Front seat assembly
P.52A-42)

>>A<<

>>B<<

TSB Revision

1.

Installation steps
Pre-installation inspection
Front seat cushion frame <Drivers
side> (Occupant
classification-ECU) (Refer to
GROUP 52A, Front seat assembly
P.52A-42)
Negative () battery cable
Post-installation inspection

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION-ECU

52B-409

REMOVAL SERVICE POINT


.

<<A>> NEGATIVE () BATTERY CABLE DISCONNECTION


DANGER

Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the battery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
Insulating tape
Battery

Disconnect the negative () battery cable from the battery and


tape the terminal to prevent accidental connection and air
bag(s) deployment.

Battery cable
ACX00583AF

INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS


.

>>A<< PRE-INSTALLATION INSPECTION


Check the occupant classification-ECU for dents, breakage and
bending and measure the resistance between the terminals,
even when installing a new occupant classification-ECU.
.

>>B<< POST-INSTALLATION INSPECTION

<Meter>

SRS warning light

1. Reconnect the negative () battery cable.


2. Turn the ignition key to "ON" position.
3. Does the "SRS" warning light illuminate for approximately
seven seconds, and then go out?
4. If yes, the SRS system is functioning properly.
If not, consult page P.52B-32.

AC905530 AB

TSB Revision

52B-410

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR

INSPECTION

M1524053200010

WARNING

If a dent, crack, deformation or rust is detected,


replace with a new sensor.
NOTE: For checking of the occupant classification-ECU other
than described below, refer to the section concerning SRS
diagnosis (Refer to P.52B-32).
1. Check the occupant classification-ECU for dent, cracks or
deformation.
2. Check the connector for damage, and terminals for
deformation.
3. Check that there is no bending or corrosion in the slide
adjuster.

PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR


REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

M1524053400014

WARNING
Never attempt to disassemble or repair the weigth sensor. If faulty, replace it.
Do not drop or subject the weigth sensor to impact or vibration. Replace the weigth sen-

sor, if dents, cracking, deformation, or rust are present.


Pre-removal Operation
Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.

Weight sensor
(Rear: LH)
Weight sensor
(Front: LH)

Weight sensor
(Rear: RH)
Weight sensor
(Front: RH)
ACA03528AC

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR
<<A>>

1.

Removal steps
Negative () battery cable
Front seat cushion frame
<Passengers side> (Weight
sensor) (Refer to GROUP 52A,
Front seat assembly P.52A-42)

>>A<<

>>B<<

1.

52B-411

Installation steps
Pre-installation inspection
Front seat cushion frame
<Passengers side> (Weight
sensor) (Refer to GROUP 52A,
Front seat assembly P.52A-42)
Negative () battery cable
Post-installation inspection

REMOVAL SERVICE POINT


.

<<A>> NEGATIVE () BATTERY CABLE DISCONNECTION


DANGER

Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the battery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
Insulating tape
Battery

Disconnect the negative () battery cable from the battery and


tape the terminal to prevent accidental connection and air
bag(s) deployment.

Battery cable
ACX00583AF

INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS


.

>>A<< PRE-INSTALLATION INSPECTION


Check the passengers seat weigth sensor for dents, breakage
and bending and measure the resistance between the terminals, even when installing a new front seat cushion frame (passengers seat weigth sensor).
.

>>B<< POST-INSTALLATION INSPECTION


1. Reconnect the negative () battery cable.
2. Turn the ignition key to "ON" position.

TSB Revision

52B-412
<Meter>

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


AIR BAG MODULE DISPOSAL PROCEDURES
SRS warning light

3. Does the "SRS" warning light illuminate for approximately


seven seconds, and then go out?
4. If yes, the SRS system is functioning properly.
If not, consult page P.52B-32.

AC905530 AB

INSPECTION

M1524053500011

WARNING

If a dent, crack, deformation or rust is detected,


replace with a new sensor.
NOTE: For checking of the passengers seat weigth sensor
other than described below, refer to the section concerning
SRS diagnosis (Refer to P.52B-32).
1. Check the passengers seat weigth sensor for dent, cracks
or deformation.
2. Check the connector for damage, and terminals for
deformation.
3. Check that there is no bending or corrosion in the slide
adjuster.

AIR BAG MODULE DISPOSAL PROCEDURES

M1524001202060

When discarding the air bag modules or a vehicle with SRS air
bags, be sure to deploy the air bags in advance as specified in
the service procedure that follows.

DISPOSAL OF UNDEPLOYED AIR BAG


MODULES
CAUTION
If the vehicle is to be scrapped or disposed of, deploy
the air bags inside the vehicle.
If the vehicle is still to be used and only the air bag
modules are to be discarded, deploy the air bags outside the vehicle.
Since a large amount of smoke is produced when the
air bags are deployed, avoid residential areas whenever possible. Also, do not perform the operation near
the smoke detector.
Since there is substantial report when the air bags are
deployed, avoid residential areas whenever possible. If
anyone is nearby, give warning of the impending noise.
Suitable ear protection must be put on by personnel
performing these procedures or by people in the immediate area.
.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


AIR BAG MODULE DISPOSAL PROCEDURES

52B-413

DRIVER'S AIR BAG MODULE DEPLOYMENT


INSIDE THE VEHICLE
1. Move the vehicle to flat and isolated spot.

CAUTION
Disconnect the battery cable connection, and wait for 60
seconds or more before starting the work.
2. Disconnect the () and (+) terminals of battery cable, and
then remove the battery from the vehicle.
3. Remove the Steering column lower cover (Refer to GROUP
37 Steering column shaft assembly P.37-82).
4. Remove the connection between the C-313 clock spring
connector (4-pin) and the harness side connector (4-pin).
NOTE: Once disconnected from the instrument panel wiring
harness, both electrodes of the clock spring connector short
automatically. This prevents the driver's air bag from accidental deployment caused by static, etc.

C-313 Clock spring


connector (4-pin)

C-313 Harness side


connector (4-pin)
ACA03526 AB

Deployment wires
Connection

5. Obtain two suitable wires, which are 6 m or longer, as


deployment wires. Then connect the wires at one end to
short.
6. Touch the vehicle's body with bare hands to discharge static
in you.

6 m or longer
AC300381AD

C-313 Clock spring


connector (4-pin)

C-313 Harness side


connector (4-pin)

Insulator tape
Connection
Deployment wire

ACA00117AB

7. Cut with a pliers, etc. the instrument panel wiring harness


shown in the figure of the instructions, while the C-313 clock
spring connector is disconnected.
NOTE: The disconnection location should be sufficiently
away from the C-313 harness side connector with consideration to the expansion harness connection location upon
disconnections.
8. Connect the deployment wires on the two instrument panel
wiring harnesses disconnected, cover the connection areas
with insulator tape and then pull out the deployment wires
outside the vehicle.
9. Connect the C-313 harness side connector connected with
an expansion harness to the C-313 clock spring connector.

TSB Revision

52B-414

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


AIR BAG MODULE DISPOSAL PROCEDURES

WARNING

If the glass is scratched, the glass may be shattered


at deployment. Therefore, cover with a vehicle cover
to avoid danger.

Cover

10.In order to suppress the operation sound as much as


possible, fully close all the door windows, close the doors,
and then cover the vehicle with a vehicle cover.
Deployment wire
6 m (20 ft) or longer

ACX01308AE

CAUTION
Make sure that no one is present inside or near the
vehicle before deploying the air bag.
Immediately after the air bag deployment, the inflator is
extremely hot. Thus, before handling, leave the inflator
for 30 minutes or more to cool.
If the air bag module does not deploy, consult with your
distributor.
11.Disconnect the deployment wire connection at a place as far
as possible from the vehicle. Then, connect the wires to the
removed vehicle battery to deploy the air bag module.
12.Discard the deployed air bag module according to the
disposal procedures (Refer to P.52B-426).
.

PASSENGER'S (FRONT) AIR BAG MODULE


DEPLOYMENT INSIDE THE VEHICLE
1. Move the vehicle to flat and isolated spot.

Deck
crossmember

Passenger's (front)
air bag module
connector

Outer housing of
the harness side
connector

CAUTION
Disconnect the battery cable connection, and wait for 60
seconds or more before starting the work.
2. Disconnect the () and (+) terminals of battery cable, and
then remove the battery from the vehicle.
3. Remove the glove box.
4. Disconnect the connector while sliding the wiring harness
side of passenger's (front) air bag module shown in the
figure to the direction of the arrow.
NOTE: When the passenger's (front) air bag module connector is disconnected from the inflator, the two pins of inflator connector are automatically shorted. This prevents the
unintentional deployment of passenger's (front) air bags
caused by the static or others.

AC904912 AC

Connection
Deployment wires

MB992102

6 m (20 ft) or
longer

5. Connect the deployment wires of 6 m or more to each of the


two wiring harnesses of special tool adapter harness
(MB992102), and cover the connection areas with insulation
tape. Keep the other ends of deployment wires connected to
each other (shorted).
NOTE: This prevents the unintentional deployment of passenger's (front) air bags caused by the static or others.

Insulator tape
AC502991AE

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


AIR BAG MODULE DISPOSAL PROCEDURES

6. Connect the adapter harness to the passenger's (front) air


bag module, and then pull out the deployment wire to
outside the vehicle.

Passenger's (front) air bag


module connector

Heater unit

52B-415

MB992102
Deployment wires
AC905395AC

WARNING

If the glass is scratched, the glass may be shattered


at deployment. Therefore, cover with a vehicle cover
to avoid danger.

Cover

7. In order to suppress the operation sound as much as


possible, fully close all the door windows, close the doors,
and then cover the vehicle with a vehicle cover.
Deployment wire
6 m (20 ft) or longer

ACX01308AE

CAUTION
Make sure that no one is present inside or near the
vehicle before deploying the air bag.
Immediately after the air bag deployment, the inflator is
extremely hot. Thus, before handling, leave the inflator
for 30 minutes or more to cool.
If the air bag module does not deploy, consult with your
distributor.
8. Disconnect the deployment wire connection at a place as far
as possible from the vehicle. Then, connect the wires to the
removed vehicle battery to deploy the air bag module.
9. Discard the deployed air bag module according to the
disposal procedures (Refer to P.52B-426).
.

KNEE AIR BAG MODULE DEPLOYMENT INSIDE


THE VEHICLE
1. Move the vehicle to flat and isolated spot.

Locking button

Harness side
connector
Inflator

CAUTION
Disconnect the battery cable connection, and wait for 60
seconds or more before starting the work.
2. Disconnect the () and (+) terminals of battery cable, and
then remove the battery from the vehicle.
3. Remove the instrument panel cover lower (Refer to GROUP
52A Instrument lower panel P.52A-8).
4. Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
of harness side connector. After releasing the lock,
disconnect the connector.
NOTE: When the harness side connector is disconnected
from the inflator, the two pins of inflator connector are automatically shorted. This prevents the unintentional deployment of knee air bag caused by the static or others.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC609126AF

TSB Revision

52B-416

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


AIR BAG MODULE DISPOSAL PROCEDURES
Connection

6 m (20 ft) or
longer

MB991885

Deployment wires

5. Connect the deployment wires of 6 m or more to each of the


two wiring harnesses of special tool adapter harness
(MB661885), and cover the connection areas with insulation
tape. Keep the other ends of deployment wires connected to
each other (shorted).
NOTE: This prevents the unintentional deployment of knee
air bag caused by the static or others.

Insulator tape
AC103480 AJ

6. Connect the adapter harness to the inflator, and then pull out
the deployment wire to outside the vehicle.

MB991885

Inflator

Deployment wire
AC609127AC

WARNING

If the glass is scratched, the glass may be shattered


at deployment. Therefore, cover with a vehicle cover
to avoid danger.

Cover

7. In order to suppress the operation sound as much as


possible, fully close all the door windows, close the doors,
and then cover the vehicle with a vehicle cover.
Deployment wire
6 m (20 ft) or longer

ACX01308AE

CAUTION
Make sure that no one is present inside or near the
vehicle before deploying the air bag.
Immediately after the air bag deployment, the inflator is
extremely hot. Thus, before handling, leave the inflator
for 30 minutes or more to cool.
If the air bag module does not deploy, consult with your
distributor.
8. Disconnect the deployment wire connection at a place as far
as possible from the vehicle. Then, connect the wires to the
removed vehicle battery to deploy the air bag module.
9. Discard the deployed air bag module according to the
disposal procedures (Refer to P.52B-426).
.

SIDE-AIRBAG MODULE DEPLOYMENT INSIDE


THE VEHICLE
1. Move the vehicle to flat and isolated spot.

CAUTION
Disconnect the battery cable connection, and wait for 60
seconds or more before starting the work.
2. Disconnect the () and (+) terminals of battery cable, and
then remove the battery from the vehicle.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


AIR BAG MODULE DISPOSAL PROCEDURES

3. Disconnect the connections of the side-airbag module


connector (2-pin: yellow) and the floor harness connector
(2-pin: yellow).

Side-airbag module
connector
(2-pin, yellow)

Floor wiring
harness side
connector
(2-pin, yellow)
AC507006 AC

Deployment wires
Connection

6 m or longer
AC100450AC

Side-airbag module connector


(2-pin, yellow)

AC506241

Harness side connector


(2-pin, yellow)
Connection
Deployment
wires

Insulator tape

52B-417

CAUTION
Make sure to deploy both driver's and front passenger's
side-airbags.
NOTE: When the side-airbag module connector is disconnected from the floor harness, the two pins of side-airbag
module connector are automatically shorted. This prevents
the unintentional deployment of side-airbags caused by the
static or others.
4. Prepare two deployment wires of 6 m or more, and keep the
terminal at one end connected to that of the other wire
(shorted).
NOTE: This prevents the air bags from unintentional deployment caused by static.
CAUTION
The following procedures are intended to prevent the unintentional deployment caused by the static. Therefore,
make sure to perform the procedures.
5. Touch the vehicle body with bare hands to release the
charged static.
6. With the side-airbag module connector disconnected, cut
the floor harness using a nipper or similar tools.
7. Connect the deployment wire to each of two cut wiring
harnesses. After covering the connection areas with
insulation tape, pull out the deployment wire to outside the
vehicle.
8. Connect the floor harness, to which the deployment wire is
connected, to the side-airbag module connector.

AC506974 AC

WARNING

If the glass is scratched, the glass may be shattered


at deployment. Therefore, cover with a vehicle cover
to avoid danger.

Cover

9. In order to suppress the operation sound as much as


possible, fully close all the door windows, close the doors,
and then cover the vehicle with a vehicle cover.
Deployment wire
6 m (20 ft) or longer

ACX01308AE

CAUTION
Make sure that no one is present inside or near the
vehicle before deploying the air bag.
Immediately after the air bag deployment, the inflator is
extremely hot. Thus, before handling, leave the inflator
for 30 minutes or more to cool.
If the air bag module does not deploy, consult with your
distributor.
10.Disconnect the deployment wire connection at a place as far
as possible from the vehicle. Then, connect the wires to the
removed vehicle battery to deploy the side-airbag module.

TSB Revision

52B-418

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


AIR BAG MODULE DISPOSAL PROCEDURES

11.Discard the deployed air bag module according to the


disposal procedures (Refer to P.52B-426).
.

CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE DEPLOYMENT


INSIDE THE VEHICLE
1. Move the vehicle to flat and isolated spot.

Curtain air bag wiring


harness connector

Locking
button

Inflator

Flat-tipped
screwdriver

CAUTION
Disconnect the battery cable connection, and wait for 60
seconds or more before starting the work.
2. Disconnect the () and (+) terminals of battery cable, and
then remove the battery from the vehicle.
3. Remove the headlining (Refer to GROUP 52A - Headlining
P.52A-20).
4. Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
of curtain air bag harness connector. After releasing the
lock, disconnect the connector.
NOTE: When the curtain air bag module connector is disconnected from the inflator, the two pins of inflator connector
are automatically shorted. This prevents the unintentional
deployment of curtain air bags caused by the static or others.

AC905436 AB

Connection

6 m (20 ft) or
longer

MB991885

Deployment wires

5. Connect the deployment wires of 6 m or more to each of the


two wiring harnesses of special tool adapter harness
(MB661885), and cover the connection areas with insulation
tape. Keep the other ends of deployment wires connected to
each other (shorted).
NOTE: This prevents the unintentional deployment of curtain air bags caused by the static or others.

Insulator tape
AC103480 AJ

6. Connect the adapter harness to the inflator, and then pull out
the deployment wire to outside the vehicle.

Inflator
Deployment wires

MB991885
AC301520 AH

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


AIR BAG MODULE DISPOSAL PROCEDURES

52B-419

WARNING

If the glass is scratched, the glass may be shattered


at deployment. Therefore, cover with a vehicle cover
to avoid danger.

Cover

7. In order to suppress the operation sound as much as


possible, fully close all the door windows, close the doors,
and then cover the vehicle with a vehicle cover.
Deployment wire
6 m (20 ft) or longer

ACX01308AE

CAUTION
Make sure that no one is present inside or near the
vehicle before deploying the air bag.
Immediately after the air bag deployment, the inflator is
extremely hot. Thus, before handling, leave the inflator
for 30 minutes or more to cool.
If the air bag module does not deploy, consult with your
distributor.
8. Disconnect the deployment wire connection at a place as far
as possible from the vehicle. Then, connect the wires to the
removed vehicle battery to deploy the air bag module.
9. Discard the deployed air bag module according to the
disposal procedures (Refer to P.52B-426).
.

DRIVER'S AIR BAG MODULE DEPLOYMENT


OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE
CAUTION
Deploy the air bag in the wide open, flat place with a
distance of 6 m or more from obstacles and people.
When deploying the air bag in the open space, do not
deploy when the strong wind is blowing. Even with a
slight breeze, ignite at the windward of the air bag module.
CAUTION
Disconnect the battery cable connection, and wait for 60
seconds or more before starting the work.
1. Disconnect the () and (+) terminals of battery cable, and
then remove the battery from the vehicle.
CAUTION
When the connector is disconnected, the two pins of air
bag module are automatically shorted to prevent the unintentional deployment caused by the static or others. However, in preparation for the accidental deployment, store
the air bag module on a flat place with the deployment surface facing upward. Also, do not put anything on it.
2. Remove the drivers air bag module from the vehicle (Refer
to P.52B-375).

TSB Revision

52B-420

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


AIR BAG MODULE DISPOSAL PROCEDURES

3. Cut the part shown to connect the adapter harness (Special


tool: MB991885) to the driver's airbag module connector .

MB991885

A
View A
<Before>

Cutting part

<After>

AC905199
AC905252AC

Connection

6 m (20 ft) or
longer

MB991885

Deployment wires
Insulator tape
AC103480 AJ

Driver's air bag module

4. Connect the deployment wires of 6 m or more to each of the


two wiring harnesses of special tool adapter harness
(MB991885), and cover the connection areas with insulation
tape. Keep the other ends of deployment wires connected to
each other (shorted).
NOTE: This prevents the unintentional activation of inflator
caused by the static or others.
5. Connect the adapter harness to the driver's air bag module.
6. To the torx screw installation hole located at the backside of
air bag module, tie a thick wire for fixing the wheel.
7. Pass the deployment wire connected to the air bag module
underneath the old tire with wheel. Then, fix the air bag
module with deployment surface facing upward using the
wire which is tied to the bolt.

Deployment
wires

AC100482AC

8. Place three old tires without wheel onto the tire to which the
air bag module is fixed.

Old tires
without wheels

Deployment wires
ACX00610 AD

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


AIR BAG MODULE DISPOSAL PROCEDURES

Deployment wires
Vehicle battery

ACX01313 AD

52B-421

CAUTION
Make sure that no one is present near the air bag module before deploying the air bag.
Immediately after the air bag deployment, the inflator is
extremely hot. Thus, before handling, leave the inflator
for 30 minutes or more to cool.
If the air bag module does not deploy, consult with your
distributor.
9. Disconnect the deployment wire connection at a place as far
as possible from the air bag module. Then, connect the
wires to the removed vehicle battery to deploy the air bag
module.
10.Discard the deployed air bag module according to the
disposal procedures (Refer to P.52B-426).
.

PASSENGER'S (FRON) AIR BAG MODULE


DEPLOYMENT OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE
CAUTION
Deploy the air bag in the wide open, flat place with a
distance of 6 m or more from obstacles and people.
When deploying the air bag in the open space, do not
deploy when the strong wind is blowing. Even with a
slight breeze, ignite at the windward of the air bag module.
CAUTION
Before starting the work, wait for 60 seconds or more after
the disconnection of the battery cable. (Refer to the item 5
P.52B-24 of Service Precautions.)
1. Disconnect the () and (+) terminals of battery cable, and
then remove the battery from the vehicle.

Connection
Deployment wires

MB992102

6 m (20 ft) or
longer
Insulator tape

CAUTION
When the connector is disconnected, the two pins of air
bag module are automatically shorted to prevent the unintentional deployment caused by the static or others. However, in preparation for the accidental deployment, store
the air bag module on a flat place with the deployment surface facing upward. Also, do not put anything on it.
2. Remove the passenger's (front) air bag module from the
vehicle (Refer to P.52B-382).
3. Connect the deployment wires of 6m or more to each of the
two wiring harnesses of special tool adapter harness
(MB992102), and cover the connection areas with insulation
tape. Keep the other ends of deployment wires connected to
each other (shorted).
NOTE: This prevents the unintentional deployment of front
passenger's air bags caused by the static or others.
4. Connect the adapter harness to the passenger's (front) air
bag module.

AC502991AE

TSB Revision

52B-422

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


AIR BAG MODULE DISPOSAL PROCEDURES

Passenger's (front) air bag module

5. Pass a thick wire through the hole of air bag module bracket.
Then, with the air bag module deployment surface facing
upward, fix the module to the old tire with wheel.

Deployment
wires

AC300520AC

6. Place three old tires without wheel onto the tire to which the
air bag module is fixed. Then, tie and fix all the tires with
rope (4 positions).
NOTE: The passenger's (front) air bag has a larger deployment volume than the driver's air bag. Therefore, it is necessary to tie the tires with rope.

Old tires
without wheels

Deployment wires
ACX00611 AC

Deployment wires

ACX01315AD

CAUTION
Make sure that no one is present near the air bag module before deploying the air bag.
Immediately after the air bag deployment, the inflator is
extremely hot. Thus, before handling, leave the inflator
for 30 minutes or more to cool.
If the air bag module does not deploy, consult with your
distributor.
7. Disconnect the deployment wire connection at a place as far
as possible from the air bag module. Then, connect the
wires to the removed vehicle battery to deploy the air bag
module.
8. Discard the deployed air bag module according to the
disposal procedures (Refer to P.52B-426).
.

SIDE-AIRBAG MODULE DEPLOYMENT OUTSIDE


THE VEHICLE
CAUTION
Deploy the air bag in the wide open, flat place with a
distance of 6 m or more from obstacles and people.
When deploying the air bag in the open space, do not
deploy when the strong wind is blowing. Even with a
slight breeze, ignite at the windward of the air bag module.
CAUTION
Before starting the work, wait for 60 seconds or more after
the disconnection of the battery cable. (Refer to the item 5
P.52B-24 of Service Precautions.)
1. Disconnect the () and (+) terminals of battery cable, and
then remove the battery from the vehicle.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


AIR BAG MODULE DISPOSAL PROCEDURES

52B-423

2. Remove the front seat assembly incorporated in side-airbag


from the vehicle (GROUP 52A Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).

Deployment wires
Connection

6 m or longer
AC100450AC

Side-airbag module

CAUTION
When the connector is disconnected, the two pins of
side-airbag module are automatically shorted to prevent
the unintentional deployment caused by the static or others. However, in preparation for the accidental deployment, store the air bag module on a flat place with the
deployment surface facing upward. Also, do not put anything on it.
3. Remove the side-airbag module from the front seat
assembly incorporated in the side-airbag (Refer to
P.52B-390).
4. Prepare two deployment wires of 6 m or more, and keep the
terminal at one end connected to that of the other wire
(shorted).
NOTE: This prevents the air bags from unintentional deployment caused by static.
CAUTION
The following procedures are intended to prevent the unintentional deployment caused by the static. Therefore,
make sure to perform the procedures.
5. Touch the vehicle body with bare hands to release the
charged static.
6. Cut off the side-airbag module wiring harness connector
from the wiring harness with nippers. Connect the
deployment wire to each of the two cut wiring harnesses,
and cover the connection areas with insulation tape.

Insulator tape
Connection
Deployment wires

AC406391AD

Side-air bag module

7. Pass the deployment wire under the tire with wheel, and
connect it to the side-airbag module connector.
8. Install a surplus nut to the side-airbag module bolt. Then, tie
a thick wire for fixing the wheel to the bolt. Fix the
side-airbag module to the wheel of old tire with the module
deployment surface facing upward.

Deployment wires
AC300990 AJ

TSB Revision

52B-424

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


AIR BAG MODULE DISPOSAL PROCEDURES

9. Place three old tires without wheel onto the tire to which the
side-airbag module is fixed. Then, tie and fix all the tires with
rope. (4 positions)

Old tires
without wheels

Deployment wires
ACX00611 AC

Deployment wires

ACX01315AD

CAUTION
Make sure that no one is present near the air bag module before deploying the air bag.
Immediately after the air bag deployment, the inflator is
extremely hot. Thus, before handling, leave the inflator
for 30 minutes or more to cool.
If the air bag module does not deploy, consult with your
distributor.
10.Disconnect the deployment wire connection at a place as far
as possible from the air bag module. Then, connect the
wires to the removed vehicle battery to deploy the air bag
module.
11.Discard the deployed air bag module according to the
disposal procedures (Refer to P.52B-426.
.

CURTAIN AIR BAG INFLATOR ACTIVATION


OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE
CAUTION
Activate the inflator in the wide open, flat place with a
distance of 6 m or more from obstacles and people.
When deploying in the open space, do not deploy when
the strong wind is blowing. Even with a slight breeze,
ignite at the windward of the inflator.
CAUTION
Before starting the work, wait for 60 seconds or more after
the disconnection of the battery cable. (Refer to the item 5
P.52B-24 of Service Precautions.)
1. Disconnect the () and (+) terminals of battery cable, and
then remove the battery from the vehicle.
CAUTION
When the connector is disconnected, the two pins of inflator are automatically shorted to prevent the unintentional
activation caused by the static or others. However, in preparation for the accidental activation, store the air bag module on a flat place with the activation surface facing
upward. Also, do not put anything on it.
2. Remove the headlining (Refer to GROUP 52A - Headlining
P.52A-20).

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


AIR BAG MODULE DISPOSAL PROCEDURES
Curtain air bag wiring
harness connector

Locking
button

Inflator

52B-425

3. Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button


of curtain air bag harness connector. After releasing the
lock, disconnect the connector.
NOTE: When the harness connector is disconnected from
the inflator, the two pins of inflator connector are automatically shorted. This prevents the unintentional activation of
inflator caused by the static or others.

Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC905436 AB

4. Cut the inflator from the air bag as shown in the figure using
a cutter or a similar tool.

Inflator

Air bag
AC303536AB

Connection

6 m (20 ft) or
longer

MB991885

Deployment wires

5. Connect the deployment wires of 6 m or more to each of the


two wiring harnesses of special tool adapter harness
(MB991885), and cover the connection areas with insulation
tape. Keep the other ends of deployment wires connected to
each other (shorted).
NOTE: This prevents the unintentional activation of inflator
caused by the static or others.

Insulator tape
AC103480 AJ

6. Feed a thick wire through the bracket of the inflator, and


connect it to an old tire with a wheel.
7. Connect the adapter harness to the inflator connector.

Old tire
without wheel
MB991885
Inflator

Wire

AC303641 AD

8. Place the tire to which the inflator is fixed onto the two
stacked tires. Then, place 1 or more old tires without wheel
onto the stacked tires, and tie and fix all the tires with rope.
(4 positions)

Old tires
without wheels

Deployment wires
ACX00611 AC

TSB Revision

52B-426

Deployment wires

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


AIR BAG MODULE DISPOSAL PROCEDURES

ACX01315AD

CAUTION
Make sure that no one is present near the inflator
before the activation.
Immediately after the inflator activation, the inflator is
extremely hot. Thus, before handling, leave the inflator
for 30 minutes or more to cool.
If the inflator does not activate, consult with your distributor.
9. Disconnect the deployment wire connection at a place as far
as possible from the inflator. Then, connect the wires to the
removed vehicle battery to activate the inflator.
10.Discard the activated inflator according to the disposal
procedures (Refer to P.52B-426).

DISCARD OF DEPLOYED AIR BAG MODULE


After deployment and operation, the air bag module and seat
belt pre-tensioner should be disposed of in the same manner
as any other scrap parts, adhering to local laws and/or legislation. Observe the following precautions during air bag or seat
belt pre-tensioner disposal:
1. Immediately after the air bag deployment, the inflator is
extremely hot. Thus, before handling, leave the inflator for
30 minutes or more to cool.
2. Do not pour water or oil onto the deployed air bag module.
3. To the deployed air bag module, substances that irritate
eyes and skin may be deposited. Therefore, wear gloves
and protective glasses when handling the module. When the
substance comes in contact with eyes or skin, flush with a
large amount of water.
4. Place the air bag module in the sturdy plastic bag, and seal
the bag for disposal.
5. After the work, be sure to wash your hands with water.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER DISPOSAL PROCEDURES

52B-427

SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER DISPOSAL PROCEDURES

M1524004400443

When discarding the seat belt with pre-tensioner or a vehicle


which is equipped with seat belts with pre-tensioner, be sure to
deploy the pre-tensioner in advance as specified in the service
procedure that follows.

UNDEPLOYED SEAT BELT WITH


PRE-TENSIONER DISPOSAL
CAUTION
If the vehicle is to be scrapped or otherwise disposed
of, operate the seat belt pre-tensioner inside the vehicle.
When replacing the seat belt with pre-tensioner, the
seat belt pre-tensioner of old parts must be operated
outside the vehicle.
Since a large amount of smoke is produced when the
seat belt pre-tensioner is operated, avoid residential
areas whenever possible. Also, do not perform the
operation near the smoke detector.
Since there is substantial report when the seat belt
pre-tensioner is operated, avoid residential areas
whenever possible. If anyone is nearby, give warning of
the impending noise.
Suitable ear protection must be put on by personnel
performing these procedures or by people in the immediate area.
.

SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER DEPLOYMENT


INSIDE THE VEHICLE
1. Move the vehicle to flat and isolated spot.

Seat belt pre-tensioner


harness side connector
Locking
button

Flat-tipped
screwdriver

CAUTION
Before starting the work, wait for 60 seconds or more after
the disconnection of the battery cable. (Refer to the item 5
P.52B-24 of Service Precautions).
2. Disconnect the () and (+) terminals of battery cable, and
then remove the battery from the vehicle.
3. Remove the center pillar trim lower (Refer to GROUP 52A
Interior Trim P.52A-13).
4. Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
of floor harness connector. After releasing the lock,
disconnect the connector.
NOTE: When the floor harness connector is disconnected
from the seat belt pre-tensioner, the two pins of the seat belt
pre-tensioner connector are automatically shorted. This prevents the unintentional deployment of the seat belt pre-tensioner caused by the static or others.

AC904862 AC

TSB Revision

52B-428

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER DISPOSAL PROCEDURES
Connection

6 m (20 ft) or
longer

MB991885

Deployment wires

5. Connect the deployment wires of 6 m or more to each of the


two wiring harnesses of special tool adapter harness
(MB991885), and cover the connection areas with insulation
tape. Keep the other ends of deployment wires connected to
each other (shorted).
NOTE: This prevents the unintentional deployment of seat
belt pre-tensioner caused by the static or others.

Insulator tape
AC103480 AJ
AC904862

MB991885
Seat belt
pre-tensioner
connector

AC905397AB

6. Connect the adapter harness (MB991885) to the 2-pin


connector of seat belt pre-tensioner, and then pull out the
deployment wire to outside the vehicle.
7. In order to suppress the operation sound as much as
possible, fully close all the door windows and close the
doors.

CAUTION
Make sure that no one is present inside or near the
vehicle before the deployment.
Immediately after the pre-tensioner deployment, the
inflator is extremely hot. Thus, before handling, leave
the inflator for 30 minutes or more to cool.
If the seat belt pre-tensioner does not deploy, consult
with your distributor.
8. Disconnect the deployment wire connection at a place as far
as possible from the vehicle. Then, connect the wires to the
removed vehicle battery to deploy the seat belt
pre-tensioner.
9. Discard the deployed seat belt pre-tensioner according to
the disposal procedures (Refer to ).
.

SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER DEPLOYMENT


OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE
CAUTION
Deploy the seat belt pre-tensioner in the wide open, flat
place with a distance of 6 m or more from obstacles and
people.
When deploying in the open space, do not deploy when
the strong wind is blowing. Even with a slight breeze,
ignite at the windward of the seat belt pre-tensioner.
CAUTION
Before starting the work, wait for 60 seconds or more after
the disconnection of the battery cable. (Refer to the item 5
P.52B-24 of Service Precautions).
1. Disconnect the () and (+) terminals of battery cable, and
then remove the battery from the vehicle.

TSB Revision

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER DISPOSAL PROCEDURES

Connection

6 m (20 ft) or
longer

MB991885

Deployment wires
Insulator tape
AC103480 AJ

Tires
without
wheels

52B-429

CAUTION
When the connector is disconnected, the two pins of seat
belt pre-tensioner is automatically shorted to prevent the
unintentional deployment caused by the static or others.
2. Remove the seat belt with pre-tensioner from the vehicle
(Refer to P.52B-401).
3. Connect the deployment wires of 6 m or more to each of the
two wiring harnesses of special tool adapter harness
(MB991885), and cover the connection areas with insulation
tape. Keep the other ends of deployment wires connected to
each other (shorted).
NOTE: This prevents the unintentional deployment of seat
belt pre-tensioner caused by the static or others.
4. Pass a thick wire through the seat belt pre-tensioner bracket
hole, and attach it to the old tire with wheel.
5. Connect the adapter harness to the seat belt pre-tensioner
connector. (Retractor side)
CAUTION
Set so that the connector of pre-tensioner adapter harness
does not get pinched between the tires when deployed.
6. Pull out the seat belt to outside the tire.
7. Place an old tire without wheel onto the seat belt with
pre-tensioner.

Seat belt

Deployment
wires

AC105388AF

Deployment wires
Vehicle battery
AC004294 AC

CAUTION
Make sure that no one is present near the seat belt with
pre-tensioner before the deployment.
Immediately after the seat belt pre-tensioner deployment, the inflator is extremely hot. Thus, before handling, leave the inflator for 30 minutes or more to cool.
If the seat belt pre-tensioner does not deploy, consult
with your distributor.
8. Disconnect the deployment wire connection at a place as far
as possible from the seat belt with pre-tensioner. Then,
connect the wires to the removed vehicle battery to deploy
the seat belt pre-tensioner.
9. Discard the deployed seat belt with pre-tensioner according
to the disposal procedures (Refer to P.52B-430).

TSB Revision

52B-430

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)


SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER DISPOSAL PROCEDURES

DISCARD OF DEPLOYED SEAT BELT WITH


PRE-TENSIONER
After deployment and operation, the air bag module and seat
belt pre-tensioner should be disposed of in the same manner
as any other scrap parts, adhering to local laws and/or legislation. Observe the following precautions during air bag or seat
belt pre-tensioner disposal:
1. Immediately after the pre-tensioner deployment, the inflator
is extremely hot. Thus, before handling, leave the inflator for
30 minutes or more to cool.
2. Do not pour water or oil onto the deployed pre-tensioner.
3. To the deployed pre-tensioner, substances that irritate eyes
and skin may be deposited. Therefore, wear gloves and
protective glasses when handling. When the substance
comes in contact with eyes or skin, flush with a large amount
of water.
4. Place the seat belt with pre-tensioner in the sturdy plastic
bag, and seal the bag for disposal.
5. After the work, be sure to wash your hands with water.

TSB Revision